|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
7
|
34
|
|
|
35 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
37 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
40 {
|
|
|
41 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
12
|
42 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^U^V^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
43 /* Scroll has it's own msgs, in it's place there is the msg for local
|
|
|
44 * ctrl_x_mode = 0 (eg continue_status & CONT_LOCAL) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
45 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
51 NULL,
|
|
|
52 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
54 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
55 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
56 };
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 /*
|
|
|
61 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
62 */
|
|
|
63 struct Completion
|
|
|
64 {
|
|
|
65 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
66 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
67 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
68 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
69 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
70 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
71 };
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
74 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
75 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 /*
|
|
|
78 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
|
79 * "first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
80 * "curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
81 * "shown_match" is different from curr_match during ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
|
82 */
|
|
|
83 static struct Completion *first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
84 static struct Completion *curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
85 static struct Completion *shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 static int started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
88 static int completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
89 static char_u *complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static int complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
91 static int shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
92 static int completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
93 static pos_T initial_pos;
|
|
|
94 static colnr_T complete_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
95 that is being completed */
|
|
|
96 static int save_sm;
|
|
|
97 static char_u *original_text = NULL; /* text before completion */
|
|
|
98 static int continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
99 static expand_T complete_xp;
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
102 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
103 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
104 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
105 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
106 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
107 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
108 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
109 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
110 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
111 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
112 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
113 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
114 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
115 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
118 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
119 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
120 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
125 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
126 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
127 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
|
129 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
130 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
131 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
132 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
134 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
136 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
137 #endif
|
|
|
138 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
140 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
141 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
144 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
145 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
146 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
147 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
148 #endif
|
|
|
149 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
150 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
151 #endif
|
|
|
152 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
153 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
155 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
156 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
157 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
161 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
162 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
164 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
167 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
168 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
170 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
171 #endif
|
|
|
172 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
173 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
174 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
175 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
176 #endif
|
|
|
177 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
178 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
179 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
180 #endif
|
|
|
181 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
183 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
184 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
187 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
188 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
189 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
192 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
193 #endif
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
197 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
198 int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
199 int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
200 int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
201 int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
|
202 #endif
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
205 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
206 #endif
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
209 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
210 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
213 under the cursor */
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 /*
|
|
|
216 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
217 *
|
|
|
218 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
219 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
220 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
221 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
222 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
223 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
224 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
225 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
226 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
227 *
|
|
|
228 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
229 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
230 *
|
|
|
231 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
232 */
|
|
|
233 int
|
|
|
234 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
235 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
236 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
237 long count;
|
|
|
238 {
|
|
|
239 int c = 0;
|
|
|
240 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
241 int lastc;
|
|
|
242 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
243 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
244 static int o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
245 int i;
|
|
|
246 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
247 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
248 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
249 #endif
|
|
|
250 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
251 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
252 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
253 #endif
|
|
|
254 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
255 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
256 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
259 * error message */
|
|
|
260 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
263 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
264 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
265 {
|
|
|
266 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
267 return FALSE;
|
|
|
268 }
|
|
|
269 #endif
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
271 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
272 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
273 #endif
|
|
|
274
|
|
11
|
275 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
276 /*
|
|
|
277 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
278 */
|
|
|
279 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
282 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
283 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
284 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
285 else
|
|
|
286 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
287 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
288 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
289 }
|
|
|
290 #endif
|
|
|
291
|
|
7
|
292 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
293 /*
|
|
|
294 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
295 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
296 */
|
|
|
297 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
298 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
299 else
|
|
|
300 #endif
|
|
|
301 {
|
|
|
302 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
303 if (startln)
|
|
|
304 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
305 }
|
|
|
306 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
307 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
308 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
309 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
311 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
312 {
|
|
|
313 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
314 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
315 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
316 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
317 {
|
|
|
318 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
319 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
320 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
321 }
|
|
|
322 else
|
|
|
323 #endif
|
|
|
324 {
|
|
|
325 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
326 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
327 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
328 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
329 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
330 }
|
|
|
331 }
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
334 {
|
|
|
335 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
336 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
337 {
|
|
|
338 beep_flush();
|
|
|
339 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
340 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
341 }
|
|
|
342 else
|
|
|
343 #endif
|
|
|
344 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
345 }
|
|
|
346 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
347 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
350 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
351 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
352 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
353 }
|
|
|
354 #endif
|
|
|
355 else
|
|
|
356 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 /*
|
|
|
361 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
362 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
363 */
|
|
|
364 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 /*
|
|
|
367 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
368 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
369 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
370 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
371 */
|
|
|
372 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
373 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
374 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
375 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
376 #endif
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
378 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
379 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
380 #endif
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
383 setmouse();
|
|
|
384 #endif
|
|
|
385 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
386 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
387 #endif
|
|
|
388 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
389 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
390 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
391 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
392 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
393 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
394 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
395 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
396 #endif
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 /*
|
|
|
399 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
400 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
401 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
402 */
|
|
|
403 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
404 {
|
|
|
405 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
406 /*
|
|
|
407 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
408 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
409 */
|
|
|
410 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
411 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
412 else
|
|
|
413 #endif
|
|
|
414 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
415 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 /*
|
|
|
418 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
419 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
420 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
421 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
422 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
423 */
|
|
|
424 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
425 update_curswant();
|
|
|
426 if (((o_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
|
427 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
428 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
429 {
|
|
|
430 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
431 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
433 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
434 {
|
|
|
435 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
436 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
437 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
438 }
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 }
|
|
|
441 o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
442 }
|
|
|
443 else
|
|
|
444 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
447 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
449 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
450 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
453 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
456 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
457 #endif
|
|
|
458 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
459 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
460 * restarting. */
|
|
|
461 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
462 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
463 #endif
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /*
|
|
|
466 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
467 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
468 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
469 */
|
|
|
470 i = 0;
|
|
|
471 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
472 i = showmode();
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
475 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
478 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
479 #endif
|
|
|
480 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
481 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
482 #endif
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 /*
|
|
|
485 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
486 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
487 */
|
|
|
488 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
489 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
490 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
491 else
|
|
|
492 {
|
|
|
493 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
494 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
495 }
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 /*
|
|
|
500 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
501 */
|
|
|
502 for (;;)
|
|
|
503 {
|
|
|
504 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
505 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
506 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
507 else
|
|
|
508 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
509 #endif
|
|
|
510 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
511 count = 0;
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
514 {
|
|
|
515 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
516 count = 0;
|
|
|
517 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
521 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
522 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
525 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
526 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
527 {
|
|
|
528 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
529 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
530 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
531 }
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
533 /*
|
|
|
534 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
535 */
|
|
|
536 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
539 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
540 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
541 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
542 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
543 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
544 #endif
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
547 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
548 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
549 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
550 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
551 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
552 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
553 #endif
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 /*
|
|
|
556 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
557 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
558 * redraw.
|
|
|
559 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
560 * something.
|
|
|
561 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
562 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
563 */
|
|
|
564 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
565 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
566 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
567 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
568 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
569 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
570 #endif
|
|
|
571 )
|
|
|
572 {
|
|
|
573 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
574 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
577 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
578 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
579 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
580 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
581 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
582 #endif
|
|
|
583 ))
|
|
|
584 {
|
|
|
585 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
586 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
587 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
588 else
|
|
|
589 #endif
|
|
|
590 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
591 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
592 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
593 else
|
|
|
594 #endif
|
|
|
595 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
596 }
|
|
|
597 }
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
599 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
600 update_topline();
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 /*
|
|
|
607 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
608 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
609 */
|
|
|
610 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
613 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
614 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
615 #endif
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 update_curswant();
|
|
|
618 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
619 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
620 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
621 #endif
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
624 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
625 #endif
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 /*
|
|
|
628 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
629 */
|
|
|
630 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
631 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
634 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
635 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
636 #endif
|
|
|
637 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
638 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
639 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
640 #endif
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
643 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
644 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
645 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
646 #endif
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
649 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
650 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
651 {
|
|
|
652 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
653 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
654 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
655 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
656 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
657 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
658 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
659 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
660 {
|
|
|
661 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
662 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
663 }
|
|
|
664 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
665 continue;
|
|
|
666 else
|
|
|
667 {
|
|
|
668 count = 0;
|
|
|
669 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
670 }
|
|
|
671 }
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
673 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
674 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
675 #endif
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
678 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
679 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
680 #endif
|
|
|
681 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
684 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
685 continue;
|
|
|
686 }
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
688 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
689 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
690 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
691 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
692 # endif
|
|
|
693 )
|
|
|
694 {
|
|
|
695 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
696 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
697 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
698 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
699 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
700 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
701 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
702 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
703 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
704 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
705 }
|
|
|
706 #endif
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
708 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
709 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
710 switch (c)
|
|
|
711 {
|
|
|
712 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
713 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
714 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
715 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
716 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
717 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
718 }
|
|
|
719 #endif
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
721 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
722 /*
|
|
|
723 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
724 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
725 * characters.
|
|
|
726 */
|
|
|
727 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
728 continue;
|
|
|
729 #endif
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
731 /*
|
|
|
732 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
733 */
|
|
|
734 switch (c)
|
|
|
735 {
|
|
|
736 /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
737 case K_INS:
|
|
|
738 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
739 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
740 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
741 {
|
|
|
742 beep_flush();
|
|
|
743 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
744 break;
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746 #endif
|
|
11
|
747 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
748 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
749 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
750 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
751 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
752 #endif
|
|
7
|
753 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
754 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
755 else
|
|
|
756 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
757 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
758 showmode();
|
|
|
759 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
760 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
761 #endif
|
|
|
762 break;
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
764 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
765 /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
766 case Ctrl_X:
|
|
12
|
767 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
7
|
768 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
769 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
770 {
|
|
|
771 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
772 * continue_status */
|
|
|
773 if (continue_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
774 continue_status = (continue_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
775 else
|
|
|
776 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
777 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
778 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
779 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
780 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
781 showmode();
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783 break;
|
|
|
784 #endif
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
787 case K_SELECT:
|
|
|
788 break;
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
791 case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
|
792 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
793 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
794 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
795 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
796 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
798 /* execute one command */
|
|
|
799 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
800 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
801 break;
|
|
|
802 count = 0;
|
|
|
803 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
804 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
805 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
806 else
|
|
|
807 #endif
|
|
|
808 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
809 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
810 else
|
|
|
811 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
812 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
813 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
814 o_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
815 else
|
|
|
816 #endif
|
|
|
817 o_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
818 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
820 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
821 case K_SNIFF:
|
|
|
822 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
823 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 /* Hitting the help key in insert mode is like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
827 case K_HELP:
|
|
|
828 case K_F1:
|
|
|
829 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
830 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
831 if (p_im)
|
|
|
832 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
833 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
836 case K_F21:
|
|
|
837 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
838 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
839 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
840 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
841 break;
|
|
|
842 #endif
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
844 /* an escape ends input mode */
|
|
|
845 case ESC:
|
|
|
846 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
847 break;
|
|
|
848 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
850 case Ctrl_C:
|
|
|
851 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
852 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
853 {
|
|
|
854 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
855 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
856 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
857 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
858 }
|
|
|
859 #endif
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
862 do_intr:
|
|
|
863 #endif
|
|
|
864 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
865 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
866 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
867 {
|
|
|
868 if (got_int)
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
871 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
872 }
|
|
|
873 else
|
|
|
874 vim_beep();
|
|
|
875 break;
|
|
|
876 }
|
|
|
877 doESCkey:
|
|
|
878 /*
|
|
|
879 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
880 */
|
|
|
881 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
882 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
|
883 if (o_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
884 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
886 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
11
|
887 {
|
|
|
888 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
889 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
890 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
891 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
892 #endif
|
|
7
|
893 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
894 }
|
|
7
|
895 continue;
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 /*
|
|
|
898 * Insert the previously inserted text.
|
|
|
899 * For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
900 * error.
|
|
|
901 */
|
|
|
902 case K_ZERO:
|
|
|
903 case NUL:
|
|
|
904 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
|
905 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
906 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
907 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
908 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
909 break;
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
911 /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
|
912 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
913 ins_reg();
|
|
|
914 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
915 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 case Ctrl_G:
|
|
|
919 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
920 break;
|
|
|
921
|
|
|
922 case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
|
923 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
924 {
|
|
|
925 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
926 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
927 {
|
|
|
928 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
929 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
930 }
|
|
|
931 else
|
|
|
932 {
|
|
|
933 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
934 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
935 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
936 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
937 #endif
|
|
|
938 }
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
941 else
|
|
|
942 {
|
|
|
943 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
944 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
945 {
|
|
|
946 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
947 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
948 }
|
|
|
949 else
|
|
|
950 {
|
|
|
951 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
952 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
953 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
954 }
|
|
|
955 }
|
|
|
956 #endif
|
|
|
957 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
958 showmode();
|
|
|
959 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
960 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
961 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
962 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
963 #endif
|
|
|
964 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
965 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
966 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
967 #endif
|
|
|
968 break;
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
971 case Ctrl__:
|
|
|
972 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
973 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
974 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
975 break;
|
|
|
976 #endif
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
|
979 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
980 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
981 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
982 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
983 #endif
|
|
|
984 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
|
987 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
988 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
989 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
990 {
|
|
|
991 if (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)
|
|
|
992 {
|
|
|
993 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
994 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
995 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
996 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
997 {
|
|
|
998 vim_beep();
|
|
|
999 setcursor();
|
|
|
1000 out_flush();
|
|
|
1001 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1002 }
|
|
|
1003 break;
|
|
|
1004 }
|
|
|
1005 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1006 }
|
|
|
1007 # endif
|
|
|
1008 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1009 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1010 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1011 break;
|
|
|
1012
|
|
|
1013 /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
|
1014 case K_DEL:
|
|
|
1015 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1016 ins_del();
|
|
|
1017 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1018 break;
|
|
|
1019
|
|
|
1020 /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
|
1021 case K_BS:
|
|
|
1022 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1023 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1024 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1025 break;
|
|
|
1026
|
|
|
1027 /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
|
1028 case Ctrl_W:
|
|
|
1029 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1030 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
|
1032
|
|
|
1033 /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
|
1034 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
12
|
1035 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1036 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
|
1037 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
1038 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
1039 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1040 # endif
|
|
7
|
1041 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1042 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1043 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1044 break;
|
|
|
1045
|
|
|
1046 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
1047 case K_LEFTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1048 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1049 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1050 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1051 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1052 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1053 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1054 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1055 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1056 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1057 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1058 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1059 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1060 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1061 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1062 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1063 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1064 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1065 break;
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
|
1068 case K_MOUSEDOWN:
|
|
|
1069 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
|
1073 case K_MOUSEUP:
|
|
|
1074 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1075 break;
|
|
|
1076 #endif
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 case K_IGNORE:
|
|
|
1079 break;
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1082 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1083 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1084 break;
|
|
|
1085
|
|
|
1086 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1087 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1088 break;
|
|
|
1089 #endif
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
1092 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1093 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
1094 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1095 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1096 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1097 break;
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
1099 case K_END:
|
|
|
1100 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1101 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
1102 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1103 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1104 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1105 break;
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
1108 ins_left();
|
|
|
1109 break;
|
|
|
1110
|
|
|
1111 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
1112 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1113 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1114 break;
|
|
|
1115
|
|
|
1116 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1117 ins_right();
|
|
|
1118 break;
|
|
|
1119
|
|
|
1120 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1121 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1122 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1123 break;
|
|
|
1124
|
|
|
1125 case K_UP:
|
|
|
1126 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
|
1127 break;
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
1130 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1131 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1132 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1133 break;
|
|
|
1134
|
|
|
1135 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
1136 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
|
1137 break;
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
1140 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1141 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1142 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1143 break;
|
|
|
1144
|
|
|
1145 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
1146 case K_DROP:
|
|
|
1147 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1148 break;
|
|
|
1149 #endif
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 /* When <S-Tab> isn't mapped, use it like a normal TAB */
|
|
|
1152 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
1153 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1154 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
1156 /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
|
1157 case TAB:
|
|
|
1158 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1159 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1160 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1161 #endif
|
|
|
1162 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1163 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1164 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1165 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1166 break;
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 case K_KENTER:
|
|
|
1169 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1170 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1171 case CAR:
|
|
|
1172 case NL:
|
|
|
1173 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1174 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1175 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1176 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1177 {
|
|
|
1178 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1179 break;
|
|
|
1180 }
|
|
|
1181 #endif
|
|
|
1182 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1183 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1186 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1187 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1188 }
|
|
|
1189 #endif
|
|
|
1190 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1191 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1192 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1193 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1194 break;
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
|
1197 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
1198 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1199 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1200 {
|
|
|
1201 if (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1204 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1205 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1206 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1207 {
|
|
|
1208 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1209 setcursor();
|
|
|
1210 out_flush();
|
|
|
1211 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213 break;
|
|
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1216 }
|
|
|
1217 # endif
|
|
|
1218 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1219 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1220 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1221 break;
|
|
|
1222 # endif
|
|
|
1223 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1224 #endif /* FEAT_DIGRAPHS || FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
1226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1227 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1228 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1229 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1230 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1233 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1234 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1235 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1236 #endif
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1239 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1240 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1241 #endif
|
|
|
1242 {
|
|
|
1243 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1244 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1245 {
|
|
|
1246 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1247 break;
|
|
|
1248 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1251 }
|
|
|
1252 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1253 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
|
1256 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
1257 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1258 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1259 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1260 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1261 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
1262 && !(continue_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
|
1263 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 docomplete:
|
|
|
1266 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1267 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
1268 break;
|
|
|
1269 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1272 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1273 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1274 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
1275 {
|
|
|
1276 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
1277 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
1278 else
|
|
|
1279 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
1280 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
1281 }
|
|
|
1282 else
|
|
|
1283 #endif
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
|
1285 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
1286 + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
1287 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
1288 {
|
|
|
1289 long tw_save;
|
|
|
1290
|
|
|
1291 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
1292 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
1293 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
1294 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
1295 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
1296 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1297 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
1298 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
1299 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1300 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
1301 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1302 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1303 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1304 #endif
|
|
|
1305 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
1306 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1307 }
|
|
|
1308 }
|
|
|
1309 break;
|
|
|
1310
|
|
|
1311 default:
|
|
|
1312 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1313 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1314 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1315 #endif
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 /*
|
|
|
1318 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1319 */
|
|
|
1320 normalchar:
|
|
|
1321 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1322 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1323 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1324 #endif
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1327 {
|
|
|
1328 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1329 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1330 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1331 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1332 #endif
|
|
|
1333 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1334 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1335 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1336 }
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1340 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1341 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1342 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1343 #endif
|
|
|
1344 c))
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1347 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1348 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1349 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1350 #endif
|
|
|
1351 }
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1356 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1357 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1358 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1359 #endif
|
|
|
1360 break;
|
|
|
1361 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1364 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1365 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1368 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1369 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1370 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1371 # endif
|
|
|
1372 )
|
|
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1375 /*
|
|
|
1376 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1377 */
|
|
|
1378 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1381 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1382 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1383 }
|
|
|
1384 }
|
|
|
1385 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1388 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1389 }
|
|
|
1390
|
|
|
1391 /*
|
|
|
1392 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1393 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1394 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1395 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1396 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1397 */
|
|
|
1398 static void
|
|
|
1399 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1400 {
|
|
|
1401 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1402 {
|
|
|
1403 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1404 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1405 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1406 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1407 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1408 setcursor();
|
|
|
1409 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1410 }
|
|
|
1411 }
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 /*
|
|
|
1414 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1415 */
|
|
|
1416 static void
|
|
|
1417 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1418 {
|
|
|
1419 int c;
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1422 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1425 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1426 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1429 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1430 #endif
|
|
|
1431
|
|
|
1432 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1433 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1434 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1435 #endif
|
|
|
1436 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1437 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1438 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1439 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1440 #endif
|
|
|
1441 }
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 /*
|
|
|
1444 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1445 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1446 */
|
|
|
1447 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1448 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1449 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1450 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1451 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1452 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1453 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1454 #else
|
|
|
1455 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1456 #endif
|
|
|
1457 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1458 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1459 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1460
|
|
|
1461 void
|
|
|
1462 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1463 int c;
|
|
|
1464 int highlight;
|
|
|
1465 {
|
|
|
1466 int attr;
|
|
|
1467
|
|
|
1468 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1469 {
|
|
|
1470 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1471 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1472 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1473 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1474 else
|
|
|
1475 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1476 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1477 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1478 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1479 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1480 #endif
|
|
|
1481 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1482 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1485 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1486 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1487 {
|
|
|
1488 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1491 {
|
|
|
1492 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1493 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1494 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1495 }
|
|
|
1496 }
|
|
|
1497 # endif
|
|
|
1498 }
|
|
|
1499 else
|
|
|
1500 #endif
|
|
|
1501 {
|
|
|
1502 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1503 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1504 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1505 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1506 #endif
|
|
|
1507 }
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1510 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1511 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1512 #endif
|
|
|
1513 {
|
|
|
1514 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1515 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1518 }
|
|
|
1519 }
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 /*
|
|
|
1522 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1523 */
|
|
|
1524 void
|
|
|
1525 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1526 {
|
|
|
1527 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1528 {
|
|
|
1529 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1530 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1531 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1532 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1533 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1534 else
|
|
|
1535 #endif
|
|
|
1536 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1537 }
|
|
|
1538 }
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 /*
|
|
|
1541 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1542 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1543 */
|
|
|
1544 void
|
|
|
1545 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1546 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1547 {
|
|
|
1548 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1551 return;
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1554 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1555 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1557 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1558 {
|
|
|
1559 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1562 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1563 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1564 }
|
|
|
1565 #endif
|
|
|
1566 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1567 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1568 {
|
|
|
1569 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1570 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1571 }
|
|
|
1572 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1577 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1578 */
|
|
|
1579 static void
|
|
|
1580 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1581 {
|
|
|
1582 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1583 {
|
|
|
1584 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1585 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 }
|
|
|
1588
|
|
|
1589 /*
|
|
|
1590 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1591 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1592 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1593 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1594 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1595 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1596 */
|
|
|
1597 void
|
|
|
1598 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1599 int type;
|
|
|
1600 int amount;
|
|
|
1601 int round;
|
|
|
1602 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1603 {
|
|
|
1604 int vcol;
|
|
|
1605 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1606 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1607 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1608 int i;
|
|
|
1609 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1610 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1611 int start_col;
|
|
|
1612 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1613 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1614 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1615 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1618 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1619 {
|
|
|
1620 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1621 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1622 }
|
|
|
1623 #endif
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1626 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1627 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1628 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1629 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1630
|
|
|
1631 /*
|
|
|
1632 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1633 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1634 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1635 */
|
|
|
1636 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1639 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1640 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1641 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 /*
|
|
|
1646 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1647 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1648 */
|
|
|
1649 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1650 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1653 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1654
|
|
|
1655 /*
|
|
|
1656 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1657 */
|
|
|
1658 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1659 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1660 else
|
|
|
1661 {
|
|
|
1662 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1663 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1666 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1667 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1668 #endif
|
|
|
1669 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1670 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1671 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1672 #endif
|
|
|
1673 }
|
|
|
1674 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 /*
|
|
|
1677 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1678 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1679 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1680 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1681 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1682 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1683 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1684 */
|
|
|
1685 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1686 {
|
|
|
1687 /*
|
|
|
1688 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1689 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1690 */
|
|
|
1691 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1692 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1693 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1694 }
|
|
|
1695 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1696 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1697 else
|
|
|
1698 {
|
|
|
1699 /*
|
|
|
1700 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1701 */
|
|
|
1702 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1703 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1704
|
|
|
1705 /*
|
|
|
1706 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1707 */
|
|
|
1708 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1709 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1710 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1711 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1712 {
|
|
|
1713 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1715 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1716 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1717 else
|
|
|
1718 #endif
|
|
|
1719 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1720 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1723
|
|
|
1724 /*
|
|
|
1725 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1726 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1727 */
|
|
|
1728 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1729 {
|
|
|
1730 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1731 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1732 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1733 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1734 {
|
|
|
1735 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1736 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1737 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1738 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1739 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1740 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1741 }
|
|
|
1742 }
|
|
|
1743
|
|
|
1744 /*
|
|
|
1745 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1746 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1747 */
|
|
|
1748 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1749 }
|
|
|
1750
|
|
|
1751 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1754 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1755 else
|
|
|
1756 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1757 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1758 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 /*
|
|
|
1761 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1762 */
|
|
|
1763 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1766 {
|
|
|
1767 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1768 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1769 else
|
|
|
1770 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1771 }
|
|
|
1772 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1773 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1774 else
|
|
|
1775 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1776 }
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 /*
|
|
|
1779 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1780 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1781 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1782 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1783 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1784 */
|
|
|
1785 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1786 {
|
|
|
1787 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1788 {
|
|
|
1789 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1790 --start_col;
|
|
|
1791 }
|
|
|
1792 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1793 {
|
|
|
1794 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1795 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1796 {
|
|
|
1797 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1798 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1799 }
|
|
|
1800 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1801 }
|
|
|
1802 }
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1805 /*
|
|
|
1806 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1807 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1808 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1809 */
|
|
|
1810 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1811 {
|
|
|
1812 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1813 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1814 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1815 return;
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1818 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1819 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1820 return;
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1823 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1826 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1827 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1830 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1833 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1836 }
|
|
|
1837 #endif
|
|
|
1838 }
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 /*
|
|
|
1841 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1842 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1843 * modes.
|
|
|
1844 */
|
|
|
1845 void
|
|
|
1846 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1847 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1848 {
|
|
|
1849 int i;
|
|
|
1850
|
|
|
1851 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1852 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1853 {
|
|
|
1854 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1855 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1856 }
|
|
|
1857 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1858 }
|
|
|
1859
|
|
|
1860 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1861 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1862 /*
|
|
|
1863 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1864 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1865 */
|
|
|
1866 void
|
|
|
1867 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1868 int col;
|
|
|
1869 {
|
|
|
1870 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1873 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1874 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1875 else
|
|
|
1876 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1877 }
|
|
|
1878 }
|
|
|
1879 #endif
|
|
|
1880
|
|
|
1881 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1882 /*
|
|
|
1883 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1884 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1885 */
|
|
|
1886 int
|
|
|
1887 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1888 int c;
|
|
|
1889 {
|
|
|
1890 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1891 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1892 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1895 {
|
|
|
1896 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1897 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1898 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
|
1899 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
|
1900 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1901 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1902 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1903 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1904 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1905 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1906 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1907 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1908 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1909 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1910 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1911 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1912 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1913 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1914 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1915 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1916 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1917 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1918 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1919 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1920 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1921 #endif
|
|
|
1922 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1923 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1924 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1925 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1926 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
1927 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1928 #endif
|
|
7
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1931 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1932 }
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 /*
|
|
|
1935 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1936 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1937 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1938 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
1939 */
|
|
|
1940 int
|
|
|
1941 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1942 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1943 int len;
|
|
|
1944 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1945 int dir;
|
|
|
1946 int reuse;
|
|
|
1947 {
|
|
|
1948 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1949 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1950 int idx;
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1953 {
|
|
|
1954 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1955 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
|
1956 STRNCPY(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
|
1957 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
1960 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1961 {
|
|
|
1962 if (islower(original_text[idx]))
|
|
|
1963 {
|
|
|
1964 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1965 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1966 {
|
|
|
1967 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1968 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1969 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1970 break;
|
|
|
1971 }
|
|
|
1972 }
|
|
|
1973 }
|
|
|
1974
|
|
|
1975 /*
|
|
|
1976 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1977 * upper case.
|
|
|
1978 */
|
|
|
1979 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1980 {
|
|
|
1981 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1982 {
|
|
|
1983 if (was_letter && isupper(original_text[idx])
|
|
|
1984 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1985 {
|
|
|
1986 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1987 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1988 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1989 break;
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991 was_letter = isalpha(original_text[idx]);
|
|
|
1992 }
|
|
|
1993 }
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
|
1996 STRNCPY(IObuff, original_text, completion_length);
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
1998 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1999 }
|
|
|
2000 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
2001 }
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /*
|
|
|
2004 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2005 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2006 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2007 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2008 */
|
|
|
2009 static int
|
|
|
2010 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
2011 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2012 int len;
|
|
|
2013 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2014 int dir;
|
|
|
2015 int reuse;
|
|
|
2016 {
|
|
|
2017 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2020 if (got_int)
|
|
|
2021 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2022 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2023 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 /*
|
|
|
2026 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2027 */
|
|
|
2028 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2031 do
|
|
|
2032 {
|
|
|
2033 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2034 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2035 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2036 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2037 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2038 } while (match != NULL && match != first_match);
|
|
|
2039 }
|
|
|
2040
|
|
|
2041 /*
|
|
|
2042 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2043 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2044 */
|
|
|
2045 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
2046 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
2047 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2048 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
2049 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2050 {
|
|
|
2051 match->number = 0;
|
|
|
2052 match->str = original_text;
|
|
|
2053 }
|
|
|
2054 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
2055 {
|
|
|
2056 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2057 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2058 }
|
|
|
2059 /* match-fname is:
|
|
|
2060 * - curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
|
2061 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2062 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
|
2063 if (fname && curr_match && curr_match->fname
|
|
|
2064 && STRCMP(fname, curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2065 match->fname = curr_match->fname;
|
|
|
2066 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2067 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
2068 else
|
|
|
2069 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2070 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 /*
|
|
|
2073 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2074 */
|
|
|
2075 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2076 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
2077 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2078 {
|
|
|
2079 match->next = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2080 match->prev = curr_match;
|
|
|
2081 }
|
|
|
2082 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2083 {
|
|
|
2084 match->next = curr_match;
|
|
|
2085 match->prev = curr_match->prev;
|
|
|
2086 }
|
|
|
2087 if (match->next)
|
|
|
2088 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
2089 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
2090 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
2091 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
|
2092 first_match = match;
|
|
|
2093 curr_match = match;
|
|
|
2094
|
|
|
2095 return OK;
|
|
|
2096 }
|
|
|
2097
|
|
|
2098 /*
|
|
|
2099 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2100 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2101 */
|
|
|
2102 static void
|
|
|
2103 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2104 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2105 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2106 int dir;
|
|
|
2107 {
|
|
|
2108 int i;
|
|
|
2109 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2110 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2113 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2114 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2115 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2116 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2117 }
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2120 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2121 */
|
|
|
2122 static int
|
|
|
2123 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2126 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2127
|
|
|
2128 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2129 {
|
|
|
2130 /*
|
|
|
2131 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2132 */
|
|
|
2133 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2134 /* there's always an entry for the original_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2135 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != first_match)
|
|
|
2136 {
|
|
|
2137 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2138 ++count;
|
|
|
2139 }
|
|
|
2140 match->next = first_match;
|
|
|
2141 first_match->prev = match;
|
|
|
2142 }
|
|
|
2143 return count;
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2147 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2148 /*
|
|
|
2149 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2150 * completions.
|
|
|
2151 */
|
|
|
2152 static void
|
|
|
2153 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2154 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2155 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2156 int dir;
|
|
|
2157 int flags;
|
|
|
2158 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2159 {
|
|
|
2160 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2161 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2162 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2163 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2164 int add_r;
|
|
|
2165 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2166 int count;
|
|
|
2167 int i;
|
|
|
2168 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2171 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2172 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2173 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2174 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2175 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2176 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2177 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2178 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
|
2179 && !got_int && !completion_interrupted)
|
|
|
2180 {
|
|
|
2181 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2182 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2183 {
|
|
|
2184 count = 1;
|
|
|
2185 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2186 }
|
|
|
2187 else
|
|
|
2188 {
|
|
|
2189 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2190 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2191 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2192 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2193 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2194 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2195 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2196 count = 0;
|
|
|
2197 }
|
|
|
2198
|
|
|
2199 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !completion_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2200 {
|
|
|
2201 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2202 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2203 {
|
|
|
2204 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning dictionary: %s"),
|
|
|
2205 (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2206 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2207 }
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2210 {
|
|
|
2211 /*
|
|
|
2212 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2213 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2214 */
|
|
|
2215 while (!got_int && !completion_interrupted
|
|
|
2216 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2217 {
|
|
|
2218 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2219 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2222 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2223 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2224 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2225 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2226 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
2230 /*
|
|
|
2231 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2232 */
|
|
|
2233 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2236 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2237 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2238 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2239 break;
|
|
|
2240 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2243 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2244 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2245 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2246 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2247 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2248 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2249 {
|
|
|
2250 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2253 break;
|
|
|
2254 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2255 }
|
|
|
2256 else
|
|
|
2257 #endif
|
|
|
2258 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2259 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2260 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2261 }
|
|
|
2262 }
|
|
|
2263 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2264 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2265 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2266 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2267 break;
|
|
|
2268 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2269 * of line */
|
|
|
2270 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2271 break;
|
|
|
2272 }
|
|
|
2273 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2274 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2275 }
|
|
|
2276 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2277 }
|
|
|
2278 }
|
|
|
2279 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2280 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2281 if (flags)
|
|
|
2282 break;
|
|
|
2283 }
|
|
|
2284 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2285 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2286 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2287 }
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 /*
|
|
|
2290 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2291 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2292 */
|
|
|
2293 char_u *
|
|
|
2294 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2295 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2296 {
|
|
|
2297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2298 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2299 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2300 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2301 else
|
|
|
2302 #endif
|
|
|
2303 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2304 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2305 return ptr;
|
|
|
2306 }
|
|
|
2307
|
|
|
2308 /*
|
|
|
2309 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2310 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2311 */
|
|
|
2312 char_u *
|
|
|
2313 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2314 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2315 {
|
|
|
2316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2317 int start_class;
|
|
|
2318
|
|
|
2319 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2320 {
|
|
|
2321 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2322 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2323 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2324 {
|
|
|
2325 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2326 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2327 break;
|
|
|
2328 }
|
|
|
2329 }
|
|
|
2330 else
|
|
|
2331 #endif
|
|
|
2332 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2333 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2334 return ptr;
|
|
|
2335 }
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 /*
|
|
|
2338 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2339 */
|
|
|
2340 static void
|
|
|
2341 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2346 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2347
|
|
|
2348 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2349 return;
|
|
|
2350 curr_match = first_match;
|
|
|
2351 do
|
|
|
2352 {
|
|
|
2353 match = curr_match;
|
|
|
2354 curr_match = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2355 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2356 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2357 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2358 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2359 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2360 } while (curr_match != NULL && curr_match != first_match);
|
|
|
2361 first_match = curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
2362 }
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 static void
|
|
|
2365 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2366 {
|
|
|
2367 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2368 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2369 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2370 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2371 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2372 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2373 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2374 }
|
|
|
2375
|
|
|
2376 /*
|
|
|
2377 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2378 */
|
|
|
2379 static void
|
|
|
2380 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2381 int c;
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2384 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2385 int temp;
|
|
|
2386 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2389 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2390 */
|
|
|
2391 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2392 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2395 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2396 return;
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 /*
|
|
|
2401 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2402 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2403 */
|
|
|
2404 switch (c)
|
|
|
2405 {
|
|
|
2406 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2407 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2408 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2409 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2410 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2411 else
|
|
|
2412 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2413 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2414 showmode();
|
|
|
2415 break;
|
|
|
2416 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2417 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2418 break;
|
|
|
2419 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2420 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2421 break;
|
|
|
2422 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2423 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2424 break;
|
|
|
2425 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2426 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2427 break;
|
|
|
2428 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2429 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2430 break;
|
|
12
|
2431 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2432 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2433 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2434 break;
|
|
|
2435 #endif
|
|
7
|
2436 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2437 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2438 break;
|
|
|
2439 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2440 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2441 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2442 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2443 break;
|
|
|
2444 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2445 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2446 break;
|
|
|
2447 #endif
|
|
|
2448 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2449 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2450 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2451 break;
|
|
|
2452 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2453 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2454 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2455 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2456 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2457 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2458 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2459 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2460 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2461 if (!(continue_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2462 continue_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2463 else if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2464 continue_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2465 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2466 default:
|
|
|
2467 /* if we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2468 * continue_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X mode)
|
|
|
2469 * for mode 0, we set continue_mode to an impossible value, in
|
|
|
2470 * both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same mode
|
|
|
2471 * (avoiding ADDING mode). Undocumented feature:
|
|
|
2472 * In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 'complete' and local
|
|
|
2473 * ^P expansions respectively. In mode 0 an extra ^X is
|
|
|
2474 * needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2475 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2478 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2479 else
|
|
|
2480 continue_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2483 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2484 showmode();
|
|
|
2485 break;
|
|
|
2486 }
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
|
2488 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2489 {
|
|
|
2490 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2491 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2492 {
|
|
|
2493 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2494 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2495 else
|
|
|
2496 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2497 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2498 }
|
|
|
2499 showmode();
|
|
|
2500 }
|
|
|
2501
|
|
|
2502 if (started_completion || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2503 {
|
|
|
2504 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2505 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
|
2506 * showing what mode we are in.
|
|
|
2507 */
|
|
|
2508 showmode();
|
|
|
2509 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2510 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2511 {
|
|
|
2512 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2513 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
|
2514 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert.
|
|
|
2515 */
|
|
|
2516 if (curr_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2517 {
|
|
|
2518 /*
|
|
|
2519 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2520 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2521 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2522 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2523 */
|
|
|
2524 ptr = curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2525 tmp_ptr = original_text;
|
|
|
2526 while (*tmp_ptr && *tmp_ptr == *ptr)
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 ++tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2529 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2530 }
|
|
|
2531 for (temp = 0; tmp_ptr[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
|
2532 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2533 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2534 }
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2537 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2538 #endif
|
|
|
2539 /*
|
|
|
2540 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2541 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2542 */
|
|
|
2543 if (continue_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2544 {
|
|
|
2545 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2546 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2547 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2548 {
|
|
|
2549 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2550 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2551 }
|
|
|
2552 #endif
|
|
|
2553 }
|
|
|
2554 else
|
|
|
2555 {
|
|
|
2556 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2557 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2558 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2559 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2560 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2561 }
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2566 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2567 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2568 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2569 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2570 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
|
2571 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2574 showmode();
|
|
|
2575 }
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2578 /*
|
|
|
2579 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2580 */
|
|
|
2581 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2582 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2583 #endif
|
|
|
2584 }
|
|
|
2585 }
|
|
|
2586
|
|
|
2587 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2588 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2589 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2590 {
|
|
|
2591 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2592 continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594 }
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 /*
|
|
|
2597 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2598 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2599 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2600 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2601 *
|
|
|
2602 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2603 */
|
|
|
2604 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2605 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2606 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2607 int flag;
|
|
|
2608 {
|
|
|
2609 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2610 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2611 #endif
|
|
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2616 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2617 wp = curwin;
|
|
|
2618 while ((wp = wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin) != curwin
|
|
|
2619 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2620 ;
|
|
|
2621 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2622 #else
|
|
|
2623 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2624 #endif
|
|
|
2625 }
|
|
|
2626 else
|
|
|
2627 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2628 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2629 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2630 while ((buf = buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf) != curbuf
|
|
|
2631 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2632 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2633 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2634 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2635 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2636 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2637 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2638 ;
|
|
|
2639 return buf;
|
|
|
2640 }
|
|
|
2641
|
|
12
|
2642 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2643 static char_u *call_completefunc __ARGS((char_u *line, char_u *base, int col, int preproc));
|
|
20
|
2644 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 /*
|
|
|
2647 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc'.
|
|
|
2648 * Return NULL if some error occurs.
|
|
|
2649 */
|
|
|
2650 static char_u *
|
|
|
2651 call_completefunc(line, base, col, preproc)
|
|
|
2652 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2653 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2654 int col;
|
|
|
2655 int preproc;
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2658 char_u *args[4];
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 /* Return NULL when 'completefunc' isn't set. */
|
|
|
2661 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2662 return NULL;
|
|
|
2663
|
|
|
2664 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (base ? (int)STRLEN(base) : 0));
|
|
|
2665 args[0] = line;
|
|
|
2666 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2667 args[2] = colbuf;
|
|
20
|
2668 args[3] = (char_u *)(preproc ? "1" : "0");
|
|
12
|
2669 return call_vim_function(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 4, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2670 }
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 /*
|
|
|
2673 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get candidates
|
|
|
2674 * are separeted with "\n". Return value is number of candidates and array
|
|
|
2675 * of candidates as "matches".
|
|
|
2676 */
|
|
|
2677 static int
|
|
|
2678 expand_by_function(lnum, col, base, matches)
|
|
20
|
2679 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
12
|
2680 int col;
|
|
|
2681 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2682 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2683 {
|
|
|
2684 char_u *matchstr = NULL;
|
|
|
2685
|
|
|
2686 /* Execute 'completefunc' and get the result */
|
|
|
2687 matchstr = call_completefunc(ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE), base, col, 0);
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 /* Parse returned string */
|
|
|
2690 if (matchstr != NULL)
|
|
|
2691 {
|
|
|
2692 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2693 char_u *p, *pnext;
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char*), 8);
|
|
|
2696 for (p = matchstr; *p != NUL; p = pnext)
|
|
|
2697 {
|
|
|
2698 int len;
|
|
|
2699
|
|
|
2700 pnext = vim_strchr(p, '\n');
|
|
|
2701 if (pnext == NULL)
|
|
|
2702 pnext = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
2703 len = pnext - p;
|
|
|
2704 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
2705 {
|
|
|
2706 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2707 break;
|
|
|
2708 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strnsave(p, len);
|
|
|
2709 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2710 }
|
|
|
2711 if (*pnext != NUL)
|
|
|
2712 ++pnext;
|
|
|
2713 }
|
|
|
2714 vim_free(matchstr);
|
|
|
2715 if (ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2716 *matches = (char_u**)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2717 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2718 }
|
|
|
2719 return 0;
|
|
|
2720 }
|
|
|
2721 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2722
|
|
7
|
2723 /*
|
|
|
2724 * Get the next expansion(s) for the text starting at the initial curbuf
|
|
|
2725 * position "ini" and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2726 * Return the total of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2727 */
|
|
|
2728 static int
|
|
|
2729 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2730 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2731 int dir;
|
|
|
2732 {
|
|
|
2733 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2734 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2735 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2736 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches. */
|
|
|
2737 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2740 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2741 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2742 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2743 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2744 int i;
|
|
|
2745 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2746 int len;
|
|
|
2747 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2748 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2749 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2750 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2751 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2752 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2753 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2756 {
|
|
|
2757 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2758 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2759 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2760 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
12
|
2761 e_cpt = (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
2762 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2763 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2764 }
|
|
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 old_match = curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
|
2767 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2768 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2769 for (;;)
|
|
|
2770 {
|
|
|
2771 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if started_completion is off,
|
|
|
2774 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2775 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2776 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2777 && (!started_completion || found_all))
|
|
|
2778 {
|
|
|
2779 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2780 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2781 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2782 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2783 {
|
|
|
2784 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2785 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2786 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2787 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2788 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2789 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2790 type = 0;
|
|
|
2791 }
|
|
|
2792 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2793 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2794 {
|
|
|
2795 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2796 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2797 {
|
|
|
2798 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2799 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2800 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2801 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2802 type = 0;
|
|
|
2803 }
|
|
|
2804 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2805 {
|
|
|
2806 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2807 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2808 continue;
|
|
|
2809 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2810 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2811 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2812 }
|
|
|
2813 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
|
2814 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2815 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2816 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2817 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2818 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2819 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2820 }
|
|
|
2821 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2822 break;
|
|
|
2823 else
|
|
|
2824 {
|
|
|
2825 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2826 type = -1;
|
|
|
2827 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2828 {
|
|
|
2829 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2830 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2831 else
|
|
|
2832 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2833 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2834 {
|
|
|
2835 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2836 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2837 }
|
|
|
2838 }
|
|
|
2839 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2840 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2841 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2842 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2843 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2844 #endif
|
|
|
2845 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2846 {
|
|
|
2847 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2848 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2849 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2850 }
|
|
|
2851 else
|
|
|
2852 type = -1;
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2855 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2858 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2859 continue;
|
|
|
2860 }
|
|
|
2861 }
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 switch (type)
|
|
|
2864 {
|
|
|
2865 case -1:
|
|
|
2866 break;
|
|
|
2867 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2868 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2869 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2870 find_pattern_in_path(complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2871 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
2872 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
|
2873 && !(continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2874 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2875 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2876 break;
|
|
|
2877 #endif
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2880 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2881 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2882 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2883 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2884 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2885 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2886 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2887 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2888 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2889 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
|
2890 complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2891 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2892 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2893 break;
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2896 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2897 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
|
2898 p_ic = ignorecase(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
|
2901 * of matches is found when complete_pat is empty */
|
|
|
2902 if (find_tags(complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2903 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2904 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2905 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2906 {
|
|
|
2907 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2908 }
|
|
|
2909 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2910 break;
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2913 if (expand_wildcards(1, &complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2914 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2915 {
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
|
2918 tilde_replace(complete_pat, num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2919 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2920 }
|
|
|
2921 break;
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2924 if (expand_cmdline(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
2925 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat),
|
|
|
2926 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2927 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2928 break;
|
|
|
2929
|
|
12
|
2930 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2931 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
2932 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2933 first_match_pos.col, complete_pat, &matches);
|
|
|
2934 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2935 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2936 break;
|
|
|
2937 #endif
|
|
|
2938
|
|
7
|
2939 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2940 /*
|
|
|
2941 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2942 */
|
|
|
2943 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2944 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2945 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2946 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2947 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2948 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2949 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2950 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2951 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2952 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2953 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2954 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2955 for (;;)
|
|
|
2956 {
|
|
|
2957 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2960 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2961 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
2962 || (continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2963 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
2964 dir, complete_pat);
|
|
|
2965 else
|
|
|
2966 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
|
2967 complete_pat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
|
2968 RE_LAST);
|
|
|
2969 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2970 {
|
|
|
2971 /* set started_completion even on fail */
|
|
|
2972 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2973 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2974 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2975 }
|
|
|
2976 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2977 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2978 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2979 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2980 {
|
|
|
2981 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2982 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2983 break;
|
|
|
2984 }
|
|
|
2985
|
|
|
2986 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
|
2987 if ( (continue_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
|
2988 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
2989 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
2990 continue;
|
|
|
2991 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
2992 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
|
2994 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2995 {
|
|
|
2996 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2997 continue;
|
|
|
2998 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2999 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3000 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3001 }
|
|
|
3002 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3003 }
|
|
|
3004 else
|
|
|
3005 {
|
|
|
3006 tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3007 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3008 {
|
|
|
3009 tmp_ptr += completion_length;
|
|
|
3010 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3011 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3012 continue;
|
|
|
3013 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3014 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
|
3016 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3017 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3018 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 if ((continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3021 && len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3022 {
|
|
|
3023 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3024 {
|
|
|
3025 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3026 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3027 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
|
3028 * completion_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
|
3029 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3030 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3031 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3032 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3033 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3034 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3035 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3036 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3037 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3038 {
|
|
|
3039 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len-1] != TAB)
|
|
|
3040 {
|
|
|
3041 if (IObuff[len-1] != ' ')
|
|
|
3042 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3043 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3044 if (p_js
|
|
|
3045 && (IObuff[len-2] == '.'
|
|
|
3046 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3047 == NULL
|
|
|
3048 && (IObuff[len-2] == '?'
|
|
|
3049 || IObuff[len-2] == '!'))))
|
|
|
3050 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3051 }
|
|
|
3052 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3053 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3054 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3055 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3056 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3057 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3058 }
|
|
|
3059 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3060 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3061 }
|
|
|
3062 if (len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3063 continue;
|
|
|
3064 }
|
|
|
3065 }
|
|
|
3066 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
3067 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
3068 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
3069 {
|
|
|
3070 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3071 break;
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073 }
|
|
|
3074 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3075 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3076 }
|
|
|
3077 /* check if curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of expansion
|
|
|
3078 * added somenthing) */
|
|
|
3079 if (curr_match != old_match)
|
|
|
3080 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3081
|
|
|
3082 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3083 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3084 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3085 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
|
3086 break;
|
|
|
3087
|
|
|
3088 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3089 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3090 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3091
|
|
|
3092 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
3093 }
|
|
|
3094 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3097 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3098 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3099
|
|
|
3100 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3101 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3102 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3103 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3104
|
|
|
3105 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
|
3106 * just been made cyclic then we have to move curr_match to the next or
|
|
|
3107 * previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3108 curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
3109 if (curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3110 curr_match = old_match;
|
|
|
3111 return i;
|
|
|
3112 }
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3115 static void
|
|
|
3116 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3117 {
|
|
|
3118 int i;
|
|
|
3119
|
|
|
3120 /*
|
|
|
3121 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3122 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3123 */
|
|
|
3124 i = complete_col + (continue_status & CONT_ADDING ? completion_length : 0);
|
|
|
3125 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3126 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3127 }
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3130 static void
|
|
|
3131 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3132 {
|
|
|
3133 ins_bytes(shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - complete_col);
|
|
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135
|
|
|
3136 /*
|
|
|
3137 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3138 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3139 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3140 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3141 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3142 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3143 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3144 *
|
|
|
3145 * curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3146 * shown_match here.
|
|
|
3147 *
|
|
|
3148 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3149 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3150 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3151 */
|
|
|
3152 static int
|
|
|
3153 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3154 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3155 {
|
|
|
3156 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3157 int i;
|
|
|
3158
|
|
|
3159 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3160 {
|
|
|
3161 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3162 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3163 }
|
|
|
3164 completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3165 if (shown_direction == FORWARD && shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3166 shown_match = shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3167 else if (shown_direction == BACKWARD && shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3168 shown_match = shown_match->prev;
|
|
|
3169 else
|
|
|
3170 {
|
|
|
3171 completion_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3172 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3173 {
|
|
|
3174 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&initial_pos, complete_direction);
|
|
|
3175 if (completion_pending)
|
|
|
3176 {
|
|
|
3177 if (complete_direction == shown_direction)
|
|
|
3178 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3179 }
|
|
|
3180 }
|
|
|
3181 else
|
|
|
3182 return -1;
|
|
|
3183 }
|
|
|
3184
|
|
|
3185 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3186 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
|
3190 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3191 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3194 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3195 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3196 }
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 /*
|
|
|
3199 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3200 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3201 */
|
|
|
3202 if (shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3203 {
|
|
|
3204 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
|
3205 i = (vim_strsize(shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
|
3206 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3207 i = 0;
|
|
|
3208 else
|
|
|
3209 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
|
3210 STRCAT(IObuff, shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
|
3211 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3212 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3213 }
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 /*
|
|
|
3219 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3220 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
|
3221 * mode. Also, when completion_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
|
3222 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3223 */
|
|
|
3224 void
|
|
|
3225 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3226 {
|
|
|
3227 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229 int c;
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3232 * scripts */
|
|
|
3233 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3234 return;
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3237 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3238 return;
|
|
|
3239 count = 0;
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3242 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3243 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3244 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3245 {
|
|
|
3246 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3247 {
|
|
|
3248 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3249 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3250 shown_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3251 else
|
|
|
3252 shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3253 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3254 }
|
|
|
3255 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3256 completion_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3257 }
|
|
|
3258 if (completion_pending && !got_int)
|
|
|
3259 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3260 }
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 /*
|
|
|
3263 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3264 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3265 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3266 */
|
|
|
3267 static int
|
|
|
3268 ins_complete(c)
|
|
|
3269 int c;
|
|
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3272 char_u *tmp_ptr = NULL; /* init for gcc */
|
|
|
3273 int temp = 0;
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3276 complete_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3277 else
|
|
|
3278 complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3279 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
3280 {
|
|
|
3281 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3284 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3285 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3288 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3289 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3290 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3291 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3292 #endif
|
|
|
3293 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3294 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3295
|
|
|
3296 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
3297 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
|
3300 * "initial_pos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word instead
|
|
|
3301 * of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if "initial_pos"
|
|
|
3302 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3303 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3304 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3305 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
|
3306 if ((continue_status & CONT_INTRPT) && continue_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 /*
|
|
|
3309 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3310 */
|
|
|
3311 continue_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
|
3312 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3313 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3314 {
|
|
|
3315 if (initial_pos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
3316 {
|
|
|
3317 /* line (probably) wrapped, set initial_pos to the first
|
|
|
3318 * non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar include
|
|
|
3319 * it to get a better pattern, but then we don't want the
|
|
|
3320 * "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3321 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3322 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3323 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3324 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
|
3325 }
|
|
|
3326 else
|
|
|
3327 {
|
|
|
3328 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3329 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
|
3330 * mode but first we need to redefine initial_pos */
|
|
|
3331 if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3332 {
|
|
|
3333 continue_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3334 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (skipwhite(line + completion_length +
|
|
|
3335 initial_pos.col) - line);
|
|
|
3336 }
|
|
|
3337 tmp_ptr = line + initial_pos.col;
|
|
|
3338 }
|
|
|
3339 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3340 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3341 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3342 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
|
3343 if (temp > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
|
3344 {
|
|
|
3345 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3346 temp = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3347 tmp_ptr = line + curwin->w_cursor.col - temp;
|
|
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349 continue_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3350 if (temp < 1)
|
|
|
3351 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3352 }
|
|
|
3353 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3354 continue_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3355 else
|
|
|
3356 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3357 }
|
|
|
3358 else
|
|
|
3359 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
|
3363 continue_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3364 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
|
3365 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3366 continue_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3367 initial_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3368 temp = (int)complete_col;
|
|
|
3369 tmp_ptr = line;
|
|
|
3370 }
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3373 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3374 {
|
|
|
3375 if ( (continue_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
|
3376 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
|
3379 {
|
|
|
3380 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3381 ;
|
|
|
3382 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3383 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3384 }
|
|
|
3385 if (p_ic)
|
|
|
3386 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3387 else
|
|
|
3388 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3389 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3390 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3391 }
|
|
|
3392 else if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3393 {
|
|
|
3394 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3395
|
|
|
3396 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3397 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3398 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3399 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3400 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3401 if (!vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)
|
|
|
3402 || (tmp_ptr > line
|
|
|
3403 && (
|
|
|
3404 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3405 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3406 #else
|
|
|
3407 vim_iswordc(*(tmp_ptr - 1))
|
|
|
3408 #endif
|
|
|
3409 )))
|
|
|
3410 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3411 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, prefix);
|
|
|
3412 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + STRLEN(prefix), tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3413 }
|
|
|
3414 else if (
|
|
|
3415 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3416 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line,
|
|
|
3417 line + temp + 1))
|
|
|
3418 #else
|
|
|
3419 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordc(line[temp])
|
|
|
3420 #endif
|
|
|
3421 )
|
|
|
3422 {
|
|
|
3423 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
|
3424 complete_pat = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3425 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3426 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3427 tmp_ptr += complete_col;
|
|
|
3428 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3429 }
|
|
|
3430 else
|
|
|
3431 {
|
|
|
3432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3433 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3434 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3435 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3436 {
|
|
|
3437 int base_class;
|
|
|
3438 int head_off;
|
|
|
3439
|
|
|
3440 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3441 base_class = mb_get_class(line + temp);
|
|
|
3442 while (--temp >= 0)
|
|
|
3443 {
|
|
|
3444 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3445 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + temp - head_off))
|
|
|
3446 break;
|
|
|
3447 temp -= head_off;
|
|
|
3448 }
|
|
|
3449 }
|
|
|
3450 else
|
|
|
3451 #endif
|
|
|
3452 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3453 ;
|
|
|
3454 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3455 if ((temp = (int)complete_col - temp) == 1)
|
|
|
3456 {
|
|
|
3457 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3458 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3459 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3460 */
|
|
|
3461 complete_pat = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3462 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3463 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3464 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3465 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, 1);
|
|
|
3466 STRCAT((char *)complete_pat, "\\k");
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 else
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
|
3470 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3471 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3472 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3473 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3474 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3475 }
|
|
|
3476 }
|
|
|
3477 }
|
|
|
3478 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3479 {
|
|
|
3480 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3481 temp = (int)complete_col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3482 if (temp < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3483 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3484 if (p_ic)
|
|
|
3485 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3486 else
|
|
|
3487 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3488 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3489 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
|
3491 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3492 {
|
|
|
3493 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3494 ;
|
|
|
3495 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3496 temp = (int)complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3497 complete_pat = addstar(tmp_ptr, temp, EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3498 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3499 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3500 }
|
|
|
3501 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3502 {
|
|
|
3503 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(line, complete_col);
|
|
|
3504 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3505 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3506 set_cmd_context(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
3507 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), complete_col);
|
|
|
3508 if (complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3509 || complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
|
3510 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3511 temp = (int)(complete_xp.xp_pattern - complete_pat);
|
|
|
3512 tmp_ptr = line + temp;
|
|
|
3513 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3514 }
|
|
12
|
3515 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3516 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3517 {
|
|
|
3518 /*
|
|
|
3519 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with line content,
|
|
|
3520 * cursor column number and preproc is 1. Obtain length of text
|
|
|
3521 * to use for completion.
|
|
|
3522 */
|
|
|
3523 char_u *lenstr;
|
|
|
3524 int keeplen = 0;
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
3526 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
|
3527 lenstr = call_completefunc(line, NULL, complete_col, 1);
|
|
|
3528 if (lenstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3529 return FAIL;
|
|
20
|
3530 keeplen = atoi((char *)lenstr);
|
|
12
|
3531 vim_free(lenstr);
|
|
|
3532 if (keeplen < 0)
|
|
|
3533 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3534 if ((colnr_T)keeplen > complete_col)
|
|
|
3535 keeplen = complete_col;
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 /* Setup variables for completion */
|
|
|
3538 tmp_ptr = line + keeplen;
|
|
|
3539 temp = complete_col - keeplen;
|
|
|
3540 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3541 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3542 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3543 }
|
|
|
3544 #endif
|
|
7
|
3545 complete_col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3548 {
|
|
|
3549 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3550 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3551 {
|
|
|
3552 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3553 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3554 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
3556 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3557 #endif
|
|
|
3558 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3559 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3560 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3561 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3562 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3563 #endif
|
|
|
3564 tmp_ptr = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3565 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3566 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568 }
|
|
|
3569 else
|
|
|
3570 {
|
|
|
3571 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3572 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3573 }
|
|
|
3574
|
|
|
3575 if (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3576 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[2]);
|
|
|
3577 else
|
|
|
3578 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3579
|
|
|
3580 completion_length = temp;
|
|
|
3581
|
|
|
3582 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
|
3583 * "original_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed when
|
|
|
3584 * the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3585 if ((original_text = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp)) == NULL
|
|
|
3586 || ins_compl_add(original_text, -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
3589 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3590 vim_free(original_text);
|
|
|
3591 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3592 }
|
|
|
3593
|
|
|
3594 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3595 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3596 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3597 */
|
|
|
3598 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3599 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3600 showmode();
|
|
|
3601 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3602 out_flush();
|
|
|
3603 }
|
|
|
3604
|
|
|
3605 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3606 shown_direction = complete_direction;
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 /*
|
|
|
3609 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3610 */
|
|
|
3611 temp = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 if (temp > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3614 completion_matches = temp;
|
|
|
3615 curr_match = shown_match;
|
|
|
3616 complete_direction = shown_direction;
|
|
|
3617 completion_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3620 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3623 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3624 }
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 /* we found no match if the list has only the original_text-entry */
|
|
|
3627 if (first_match == first_match->next)
|
|
|
3628 {
|
|
|
3629 edit_submode_extra = (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3630 && completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3631 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3632 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3633 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3634 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3635 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3636 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3637 if ( completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3638 || (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3639 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3640 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3641 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
|
3642 continue_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3643 }
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 if (curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3646 continue_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3647 else
|
|
|
3648 continue_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3649
|
|
|
3650 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3651 {
|
|
|
3652 if (curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3653 {
|
|
|
3654 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3655 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3656 }
|
|
|
3657 else if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3658 {
|
|
|
3659 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3660 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3661 }
|
|
|
3662 else if (curr_match->next == curr_match->prev)
|
|
|
3663 {
|
|
|
3664 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3665 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3666 }
|
|
|
3667 else
|
|
|
3668 {
|
|
|
3669 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
|
3670 if (curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3673 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3674
|
|
|
3675 if (complete_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
|
3676 {
|
|
|
3677 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3678 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3679 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3680 for (match = curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3681 && match != first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3682 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3685 break;
|
|
|
3686 }
|
|
|
3687 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3688 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3689 * yet */
|
|
|
3690 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3691 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3692 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3693 }
|
|
|
3694 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3695 {
|
|
|
3696 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3697 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3698 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3699 for (match = curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3700 && match != first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3701 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3702 {
|
|
|
3703 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3704 break;
|
|
|
3705 }
|
|
|
3706 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3707 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3708 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3709 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3710 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3711 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3712 }
|
|
|
3713 }
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3716 * a safety check. */
|
|
|
3717 if (curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3718 {
|
|
|
3719 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3720 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 if (completion_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3723 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3724 curr_match->number, completion_matches);
|
|
|
3725 else
|
|
|
3726 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"), curr_match->number);
|
|
|
3727 STRNCPY(match_ref, IObuff, 30 );
|
|
|
3728 match_ref[30] = '\0';
|
|
|
3729 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3730 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3731 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3732 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3733 }
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735 }
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3738 showmode();
|
|
|
3739 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3740 {
|
|
|
3741 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3742 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3743 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3744 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3745 }
|
|
|
3746 else
|
|
|
3747 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3748
|
|
|
3749 return OK;
|
|
|
3750 }
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 /*
|
|
|
3753 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3754 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3755 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3756 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3757 */
|
|
|
3758 static int
|
|
|
3759 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3760 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3761 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3762 int len;
|
|
|
3763 {
|
|
|
3764 int m;
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3767 {
|
|
|
3768 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3769 {
|
|
|
3770 case '.':
|
|
|
3771 case '*':
|
|
|
3772 case '[':
|
|
|
3773 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3774 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3775 break;
|
|
|
3776 case '~':
|
|
|
3777 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3778 break;
|
|
|
3779 case '\\':
|
|
|
3780 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3781 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3782 break;
|
|
|
3783 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3784 case '$':
|
|
|
3785 m++;
|
|
|
3786 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3787 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3788 break;
|
|
|
3789 }
|
|
|
3790 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3791 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3793 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3794 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3795 {
|
|
|
3796 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3799 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3800 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3801 {
|
|
|
3802 --len;
|
|
|
3803 ++src;
|
|
|
3804 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3805 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3806 }
|
|
|
3807 }
|
|
|
3808 #endif
|
|
|
3809 }
|
|
|
3810 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3811 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 return m;
|
|
|
3814 }
|
|
|
3815 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3816
|
|
|
3817 /*
|
|
|
3818 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3819 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3820 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3821 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3822 */
|
|
|
3823 int
|
|
|
3824 get_literal()
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 int cc;
|
|
|
3827 int nc;
|
|
|
3828 int i;
|
|
|
3829 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3830 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3831 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3832 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3833 #endif
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
3835 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3836 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3839 /*
|
|
|
3840 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3841 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3842 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3843 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3844 */
|
|
|
3845 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3846 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3847 #endif
|
|
|
3848 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3849 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3850 #endif
|
|
|
3851 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3852 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3853 i = 0;
|
|
|
3854 for (;;)
|
|
|
3855 {
|
|
|
3856 do
|
|
|
3857 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3858 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3859 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3860 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3861 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3862 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3863 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3864 # endif
|
|
|
3865 )
|
|
|
3866 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3867 #endif
|
|
|
3868 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3869 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3870 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3871 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3872 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3873 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3874 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3875 #endif
|
|
|
3876 else
|
|
|
3877 {
|
|
|
3878 if (hex
|
|
|
3879 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3880 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3881 #endif
|
|
|
3882 )
|
|
|
3883 {
|
|
|
3884 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3885 break;
|
|
|
3886 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3887 }
|
|
|
3888 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3889 {
|
|
|
3890 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3891 break;
|
|
|
3892 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3893 }
|
|
|
3894 else
|
|
|
3895 {
|
|
|
3896 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3897 break;
|
|
|
3898 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3899 }
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 ++i;
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3906 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3907 #endif
|
|
|
3908 )
|
|
|
3909 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3910 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3911
|
|
|
3912 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3915 break;
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3918 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3921 break;
|
|
|
3922 }
|
|
|
3923 #endif
|
|
|
3924 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3925 break;
|
|
|
3926 }
|
|
|
3927 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3928 {
|
|
|
3929 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3930 {
|
|
|
3931 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3932 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3933 }
|
|
|
3934 else
|
|
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3937 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3938 }
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3942 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3943
|
|
|
3944 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3945 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3946 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3947 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3948 #endif
|
|
|
3949 if (nc)
|
|
|
3950 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3951 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3952 return cc;
|
|
|
3953 }
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 /*
|
|
|
3956 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3957 */
|
|
|
3958 static void
|
|
|
3959 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3960 int c;
|
|
|
3961 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3962 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3963 {
|
|
|
3964 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3965 int len;
|
|
|
3966
|
|
|
3967 /*
|
|
|
3968 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3969 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3970 * mode.
|
|
|
3971 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3972 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3973 */
|
|
|
3974 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3975 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3976 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3977 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3978 #endif
|
|
|
3979 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3980 {
|
|
|
3981 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
3982 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3983 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
3984 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
3985 {
|
|
|
3986 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3987 return;
|
|
|
3988 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
3989 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
3990 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
3991 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
|
3993 }
|
|
|
3994 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3995 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
3996 }
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 /*
|
|
|
3999 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4000 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4001 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4002 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4003 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4004 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4005 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4006 */
|
|
|
4007 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4008 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4009 #else
|
|
|
4010 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4011 #endif
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4014 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4015 #else
|
|
|
4016 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4017 #endif
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 void
|
|
|
4020 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4021 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4022 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4023 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4024 {
|
|
|
4025 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4026 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4027 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4028 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4029 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4030 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4031 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4032 #endif
|
|
|
4033 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4034 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4035 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4036 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4037 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4038 #endif
|
|
|
4039 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4040 int cc;
|
|
|
4041
|
|
|
4042 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4043 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4045 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4046 #endif
|
|
|
4047 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 /*
|
|
|
4050 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4051 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4052 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4053 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4054 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4055 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4056 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4057 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4058 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4059 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4060 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4061 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4062 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4063 */
|
|
|
4064 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4065 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4066 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4067 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4068 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4069 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4070 #endif
|
|
|
4071 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4072 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4073 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4074 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4075 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4076 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4077 ))))))
|
|
|
4078 {
|
|
|
4079 /*
|
|
|
4080 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4081 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4082 */
|
|
|
4083 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4084 {
|
|
|
4085 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4086 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4087 {
|
|
|
4088 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4089 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4090 }
|
|
|
4091 }
|
|
|
4092
|
|
|
4093 /*
|
|
|
4094 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4095 */
|
|
|
4096 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4097 {
|
|
|
4098 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4099 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4100 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4101 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4102 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4103 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4104 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4105 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4106 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4107 #endif
|
|
|
4108 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4111 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4112 break;
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4115 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4116 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4117 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4118 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4119 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4120
|
|
|
4121 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4122 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4123 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4124 else
|
|
|
4125 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4128 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4129 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4130 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4131 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4132 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4133 #endif
|
|
|
4134 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4135 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4136 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4137 #endif
|
|
|
4138 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 {
|
|
|
4141 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4142 break;
|
|
|
4143 }
|
|
|
4144 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4145 break;
|
|
|
4146
|
|
|
4147 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4148 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4149 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4153 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4154 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4155 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4156 #endif
|
|
|
4157 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4158
|
|
|
4159 /*
|
|
|
4160 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4161 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4162 */
|
|
|
4163 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4164 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4165 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4166 {
|
|
|
4167 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4168 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4169 {
|
|
|
4170 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4171 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4174 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4175 {
|
|
|
4176 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4177 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4180 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4181 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4182 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4183 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4184 break;
|
|
|
4185 #endif
|
|
|
4186 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4187 {
|
|
|
4188 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4189 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4190 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4193 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4194 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4197 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4198 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4199 }
|
|
|
4200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4201 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4202 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4203 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4204 else
|
|
|
4205 #endif
|
|
|
4206 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4207 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4208 break;
|
|
|
4209 }
|
|
|
4210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4211 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4212 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4213 {
|
|
|
4214 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4215 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4216 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4217 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4218 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4219 break;
|
|
|
4220 }
|
|
|
4221 #endif
|
|
|
4222 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4223 break;
|
|
|
4224 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4225 }
|
|
|
4226
|
|
|
4227 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4228 {
|
|
|
4229 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4230 break;
|
|
|
4231 }
|
|
|
4232
|
|
|
4233 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4234 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 /*
|
|
|
4237 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4238 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4239 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4240 */
|
|
|
4241 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4242 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4243 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4244 else
|
|
|
4245 #endif
|
|
|
4246 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 /*
|
|
|
4249 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4250 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4251 */
|
|
|
4252 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4253 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4254 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4255 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4256 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4257 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4260 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4261 {
|
|
|
4262 /*
|
|
|
4263 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4264 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4265 */
|
|
|
4266 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4267 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4268 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4269 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4270 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4271
|
|
|
4272 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4273 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4274 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4275 }
|
|
|
4276 else
|
|
|
4277 #endif
|
|
|
4278 {
|
|
|
4279 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4280 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4281 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4282 }
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 /*
|
|
|
4285 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4286 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4287 */
|
|
|
4288 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4289 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4290 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4291 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4292 #endif
|
|
|
4293 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4294 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4297 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4298 {
|
|
|
4299 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4300 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4301 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4304 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4305 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4306 else
|
|
|
4307 #endif
|
|
|
4308 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4309 }
|
|
|
4310 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4314 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4315 {
|
|
|
4316 /*
|
|
|
4317 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4318 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4319 */
|
|
|
4320 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4321 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4322 }
|
|
|
4323 else
|
|
|
4324 #endif
|
|
|
4325 {
|
|
|
4326 /*
|
|
|
4327 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4328 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4329 */
|
|
|
4330 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4331 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4332 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4333 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4334 }
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4337 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4338 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4339 #endif
|
|
|
4340 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4341 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4342 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4343 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4344 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4345 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4346 #endif
|
|
|
4347 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4348 }
|
|
|
4349
|
|
|
4350 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4351 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4354 return;
|
|
|
4355 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4356 {
|
|
|
4357 update_topline();
|
|
|
4358 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4359 }
|
|
|
4360 }
|
|
|
4361 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4362 return;
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4365 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4366 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4367 {
|
|
|
4368 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4369 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4370 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4371 int i;
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 /*
|
|
|
4374 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4375 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4376 */
|
|
|
4377 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4378 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4379 {
|
|
|
4380 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4381 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4382 ++p;
|
|
|
4383 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4384 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4385 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4386 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4387
|
|
|
4388 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4389 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4390 ++p;
|
|
|
4391 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4394 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4395 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4396 ;
|
|
|
4397 i++;
|
|
|
4398
|
|
|
4399 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4400 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4401
|
|
|
4402 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4403 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4404 {
|
|
|
4405 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4406 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 /*
|
|
|
4409 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4410 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4411 */
|
|
|
4412 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4413 }
|
|
|
4414 }
|
|
|
4415 }
|
|
|
4416 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4417 #endif
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4420 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4421 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4422 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4423 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4424 #endif
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 /*
|
|
|
4427 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4428 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4429 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4430 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4431 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4432 */
|
|
|
4433 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4434 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4435 #endif
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4439 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4440 #endif
|
|
|
4441 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4442 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4443 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4444 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4445 #endif
|
|
|
4446 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4447 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4448 #endif
|
|
|
4449 )
|
|
|
4450 {
|
|
|
4451 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4452 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4453 int i;
|
|
|
4454 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4457 i = 1;
|
|
|
4458 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4459 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4460 /*
|
|
|
4461 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4462 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4463 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4464 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4465 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4466 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4467 */
|
|
|
4468 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4469 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4471 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4472 #endif
|
|
|
4473 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4474 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4475 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4476 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4479 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4480 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4481 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4482 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4483 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4484 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4485 # endif
|
|
|
4486 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4487 #else
|
|
|
4488 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4489 #endif
|
|
|
4490 }
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4493 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4494 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4495 #endif
|
|
|
4496 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4497 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4498 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4501 i = 1;
|
|
|
4502 }
|
|
|
4503 else
|
|
|
4504 i = 0;
|
|
|
4505 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4506 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4507 }
|
|
|
4508 else
|
|
|
4509 {
|
|
|
4510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4511 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4512 {
|
|
|
4513 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4514
|
|
|
4515 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4516 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4517 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4518 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4519 }
|
|
|
4520 else
|
|
|
4521 #endif
|
|
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4524 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4525 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4526 else
|
|
|
4527 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4528 }
|
|
|
4529 }
|
|
|
4530 }
|
|
|
4531
|
|
|
4532 /*
|
|
|
4533 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4534 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4535 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4536 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4537 * saved here.
|
|
|
4538 */
|
|
|
4539 void
|
|
|
4540 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4541 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4542 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4543 {
|
|
|
4544 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4545 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4546 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4547 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4548 int wasatend;
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4551 return;
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4554 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4557 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4560 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4561 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4562 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4563 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4564 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4565 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4566 {
|
|
|
4567 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4568 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
4569 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4570 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4571 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4572 if (WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4573 {
|
|
|
4574 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4575 return;
|
|
|
4576 }
|
|
|
4577 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579
|
|
|
4580 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4581 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4582 * comments. */
|
|
|
4583 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4584 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4585 return;
|
|
|
4586 #endif
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 /*
|
|
|
4589 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4590 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4591 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4592 */
|
|
|
4593 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4594 {
|
|
|
4595 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4596 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4597 return;
|
|
|
4598 }
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 /*
|
|
|
4601 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4602 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4603 */
|
|
|
4604 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4605 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4606 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4607 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4610 {
|
|
|
4611 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4612 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4613 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4614 }
|
|
|
4615 else
|
|
|
4616 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4619 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4620 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4621 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4622 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4623 {
|
|
|
4624 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4625 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4626 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4627 {
|
|
|
4628 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4629 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4630 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4631 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4632 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4633 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4634 }
|
|
|
4635 else
|
|
|
4636 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4637 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4638 }
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 /*
|
|
|
4644 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4645 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4646 * position.
|
|
|
4647 */
|
|
|
4648 static void
|
|
|
4649 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4650 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4651 {
|
|
|
4652 int c = ' ';
|
|
|
4653
|
|
|
4654 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4655 {
|
|
|
4656 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4657 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4658 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4659 else
|
|
|
4660 {
|
|
|
4661 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4662 {
|
|
|
4663 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4664 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4665 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4666 }
|
|
|
4667 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4668 {
|
|
|
4669 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4670 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4671 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4672 }
|
|
|
4673 }
|
|
|
4674 }
|
|
|
4675 }
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 /*
|
|
|
4678 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4679 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4680 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4681 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4682 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4683 */
|
|
|
4684 int
|
|
|
4685 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4686 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4687 {
|
|
|
4688 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4691 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4692 {
|
|
|
4693 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4694 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4695 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4696 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4697 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4698 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4699 #endif
|
|
|
4700 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4701 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4702 #endif
|
|
|
4703 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4704 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4705 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4706 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4707 # endif
|
|
|
4708 )
|
|
|
4709 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4710 #endif
|
|
|
4711 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4712 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4713 }
|
|
|
4714 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4715 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4716 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4717 {
|
|
|
4718 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4719 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4720 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4721 }
|
|
|
4722 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4723 }
|
|
|
4724
|
|
|
4725 /*
|
|
|
4726 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4727 */
|
|
|
4728 static void
|
|
|
4729 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4730 int c;
|
|
|
4731 {
|
|
|
4732 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4735 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4736 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4737 {
|
|
|
4738 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4739 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4740 }
|
|
|
4741 else
|
|
|
4742 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4743 }
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 /*
|
|
|
4746 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4747 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4748 */
|
|
|
4749 static void
|
|
|
4750 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4751 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4752 {
|
|
|
4753 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4754 {
|
|
|
4755 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4756 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4757 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759 }
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 /*
|
|
|
4762 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4763 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4764 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4765 */
|
|
|
4766 int
|
|
|
4767 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4768 {
|
|
|
4769 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4772 {
|
|
|
4773 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4774 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4775 }
|
|
|
4776 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4777 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4778 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4779 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4780 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4783 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785 #endif
|
|
|
4786 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4787 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4792 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4796 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4797 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4798 #endif
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4801 }
|
|
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 /*
|
|
|
4804 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4805 */
|
|
|
4806 static void
|
|
|
4807 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4808 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4809 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4810 {
|
|
|
4811 int cc;
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4814 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 /*
|
|
|
4817 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4818 */
|
|
|
4819 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4820 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4821 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4826 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4827 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4828 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4829 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4830 {
|
|
10
|
4831 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4832
|
|
7
|
4833 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4834 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4835 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4836 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4837 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
|
4839 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4840 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4841 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4842 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4846
|
|
10
|
4847 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4848 {
|
|
|
4849 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4850 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4851 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4852 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4853 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4854 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4855 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4856 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4857 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4858 #endif
|
|
|
4859 }
|
|
7
|
4860 }
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4863 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4866 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4867 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4868 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4869 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4870 {
|
|
10
|
4871 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4874 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4875 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4876 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4877 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4878 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4879 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4880 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4881 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4884 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4885 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4886 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4887 {
|
|
|
4888 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4889 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4890 {
|
|
|
4891 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4892 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4893 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4894 # endif
|
|
|
4895 }
|
|
|
4896 }
|
|
|
4897 #endif
|
|
|
4898 }
|
|
|
4899 }
|
|
|
4900 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4901 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4902 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4903 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4904 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4905 #endif
|
|
|
4906
|
|
|
4907 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4908 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4909 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4910 }
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 /*
|
|
|
4913 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4914 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4915 */
|
|
|
4916 void
|
|
|
4917 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4918 int c;
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
|
4920 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4924 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4925 #else
|
|
|
4926 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4927 #endif
|
|
|
4928 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4929 {
|
|
|
4930 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4931 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4932 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4933 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4934 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4935 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4936 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4937 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4938 }
|
|
|
4939 }
|
|
|
4940
|
|
|
4941 /*
|
|
|
4942 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4943 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4944 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4945 */
|
|
|
4946 char_u *
|
|
|
4947 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4948 int c;
|
|
|
4949 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4950 {
|
|
|
4951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4952 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4953 int i;
|
|
|
4954 int len;
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
4957 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
4958 {
|
|
|
4959 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
4960 #endif
|
|
|
4961 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
4962 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
4963 {
|
|
|
4964 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4965 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4966 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
4967 }
|
|
|
4968 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4969 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
4970 {
|
|
|
4971 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
4972 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
4973 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
4974 }
|
|
|
4975 #endif
|
|
|
4976 else
|
|
|
4977 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
4978 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4979 }
|
|
|
4980 #endif
|
|
|
4981 return s;
|
|
|
4982 }
|
|
|
4983
|
|
|
4984 /*
|
|
|
4985 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
4986 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
4987 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
4988 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
4989 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
4990 */
|
|
|
4991 void
|
|
|
4992 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
4993 int flags;
|
|
|
4994 {
|
|
|
4995 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
4996 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
4997 else
|
|
|
4998 {
|
|
|
4999 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5000 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5001 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5002 #endif
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5005 {
|
|
|
5006 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5009 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5010 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5011 }
|
|
|
5012 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5013 }
|
|
|
5014 }
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 /*
|
|
|
5017 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5018 *
|
|
|
5019 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5020 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5021 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5022 */
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 int
|
|
|
5025 oneright()
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5028 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5029 int l;
|
|
|
5030 #endif
|
|
|
5031
|
|
|
5032 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5033 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5034 {
|
|
|
5035 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5038 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5039 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5040 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5041 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5042 #else
|
|
|
5043 *ptr
|
|
|
5044 #endif
|
|
|
5045 ))
|
|
|
5046 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5047 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5048 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5049 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5050 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5051 }
|
|
|
5052 #endif
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5056 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5059 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5060 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5061 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5062 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5063 }
|
|
|
5064 else
|
|
|
5065 #endif
|
|
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5068 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5069 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5070 }
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5073 return OK;
|
|
|
5074 }
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 int
|
|
|
5077 oneleft()
|
|
|
5078 {
|
|
|
5079 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5080 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5081 {
|
|
|
5082 int width;
|
|
|
5083 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5086 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5087
|
|
|
5088 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5089 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5090 width = 1;
|
|
|
5091 for (;;)
|
|
|
5092 {
|
|
|
5093 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5094 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5095 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5096 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5097 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5098 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5099 # endif
|
|
|
5100 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5101 break;
|
|
|
5102 ++width;
|
|
|
5103 }
|
|
|
5104 # else
|
|
|
5105 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5106 # endif
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5109 {
|
|
|
5110 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5113 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5114 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5115 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5116 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5117 # else
|
|
|
5118 *ptr
|
|
|
5119 # endif
|
|
|
5120 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5121 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5122 }
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5125 return OK;
|
|
|
5126 }
|
|
|
5127 #endif
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5130 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5133 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5136 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5137 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5138 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5139 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5140 #endif
|
|
|
5141 return OK;
|
|
|
5142 }
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 int
|
|
|
5145 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5146 long n;
|
|
|
5147 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5152 {
|
|
|
5153 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5154 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5155 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5156 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5157 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5158 else
|
|
|
5159 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5160 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5161 {
|
|
|
5162 /*
|
|
|
5163 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5164 */
|
|
|
5165 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5166 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 while (n--)
|
|
|
5169 {
|
|
|
5170 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5171 --lnum;
|
|
|
5172 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5173 break;
|
|
|
5174 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5175 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5176 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5177 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5178 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5181 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5182 }
|
|
|
5183 else
|
|
|
5184 #endif
|
|
|
5185 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5186 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5187 }
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5190 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5193 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 return OK;
|
|
|
5196 }
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 /*
|
|
|
5199 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5200 */
|
|
|
5201 int
|
|
|
5202 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5203 long n;
|
|
|
5204 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5205 {
|
|
|
5206 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5209 {
|
|
|
5210 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5211 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5212 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5213 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5214 #endif
|
|
|
5215 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5216 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5217 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5218 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5219 else
|
|
|
5220 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5221 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5222 {
|
|
|
5223 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5224
|
|
|
5225 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5226 while (n--)
|
|
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5229 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5230 else
|
|
|
5231 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5232 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5233 break;
|
|
|
5234 }
|
|
|
5235 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5236 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238 else
|
|
|
5239 #endif
|
|
|
5240 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5241 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5242 }
|
|
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5245 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5248 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5249
|
|
|
5250 return OK;
|
|
|
5251 }
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 /*
|
|
|
5254 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5255 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5256 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5257 */
|
|
|
5258 int
|
|
|
5259 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5260 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5261 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5262 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5263 {
|
|
|
5264 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5265 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5266 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5267 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5270 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5271 {
|
|
|
5272 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5273 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5274 }
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5277 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5278 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5279 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5280 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5283 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5284 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5285 */
|
|
|
5286 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5287 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5288 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5289 {
|
|
|
5290 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5291 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5292 }
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 do
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
|
5296 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5297 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5298 if (last)
|
|
|
5299 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5300 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5301 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5302 }
|
|
|
5303 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5304
|
|
|
5305 if (last)
|
|
|
5306 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5307
|
|
|
5308 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5309 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5312 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5313 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 return OK;
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 char_u *
|
|
|
5319 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5320 {
|
|
|
5321 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5322 return NULL;
|
|
|
5323 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 /*
|
|
|
5327 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5328 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5329 */
|
|
|
5330 char_u *
|
|
|
5331 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5332 {
|
|
|
5333 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5334 int len;
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5337 return NULL;
|
|
|
5338 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5339 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5342 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5343 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5344 }
|
|
|
5345 return s;
|
|
|
5346 }
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 /*
|
|
|
5349 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5350 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5351 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5352 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5353 */
|
|
|
5354 static int
|
|
|
5355 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5356 int c;
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5359 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5360 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5361 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5364 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 /*
|
|
|
5368 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5369 *
|
|
|
5370 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5371 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5372 *
|
|
|
5373 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5374 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5375 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5376 *
|
|
|
5377 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5378 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5379 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5380 *
|
|
|
5381 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5382 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5383 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5384 */
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5387 long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5388 long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 void
|
|
|
5391 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5392 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5393 {
|
|
|
5394 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5397 return;
|
|
|
5398 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5399 {
|
|
|
5400 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5401 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5402 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5405 return;
|
|
|
5406 }
|
|
|
5407 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5410 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5411 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5414 }
|
|
|
5415 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5416 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5417 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5418 *p = c;
|
|
|
5419 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 /*
|
|
|
5423 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5424 */
|
|
|
5425 static void
|
|
|
5426 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5427 int c;
|
|
|
5428 {
|
|
|
5429 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5432 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5433 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5434 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5435 break;
|
|
|
5436 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5437 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5438 }
|
|
|
5439
|
|
|
5440 /*
|
|
|
5441 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5442 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5443 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5444 */
|
|
|
5445 static int
|
|
|
5446 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5447 {
|
|
|
5448 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5449 return -1;
|
|
|
5450 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5451 }
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 /*
|
|
|
5454 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5455 * encountered.
|
|
|
5456 */
|
|
|
5457 static void
|
|
|
5458 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5459 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5460 {
|
|
|
5461 int i;
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5464 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5465 {
|
|
|
5466 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5467 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5468 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5469 return;
|
|
|
5470 }
|
|
|
5471 }
|
|
|
5472
|
|
|
5473 /*
|
|
|
5474 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5475 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5476 */
|
|
|
5477 static void
|
|
|
5478 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 int cc;
|
|
|
5481 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5484 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5487 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5488 #else
|
|
|
5489 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5490 #endif
|
|
|
5491 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5492 }
|
|
|
5493 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5494 }
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5497 /*
|
|
|
5498 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5499 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5500 */
|
|
|
5501 static void
|
|
|
5502 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5503 int cc;
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 int n;
|
|
|
5506 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5507 int i;
|
|
|
5508 int c;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5513 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5514 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5515 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517 else
|
|
|
5518 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5521 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5522 for (;;)
|
|
|
5523 {
|
|
|
5524 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5525 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5526 break;
|
|
|
5527 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5528 {
|
|
|
5529 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5530 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5531 break;
|
|
|
5532 }
|
|
|
5533 else
|
|
|
5534 {
|
|
|
5535 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5536 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5537 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5538 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5539 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5540 else
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5543 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5544 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5545 break;
|
|
|
5546 }
|
|
|
5547 }
|
|
|
5548 }
|
|
|
5549 }
|
|
|
5550 #endif
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 /*
|
|
|
5553 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5554 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5555 */
|
|
|
5556 static void
|
|
|
5557 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5558 {
|
|
|
5559 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5560 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5561 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5562 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5563 }
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 /*
|
|
|
5566 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5567 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5568 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5569 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5570 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5571 */
|
|
|
5572 static void
|
|
|
5573 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5574 {
|
|
|
5575 int cc;
|
|
|
5576 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5577 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5578 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5579 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5580 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5581 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5582 int i;
|
|
|
5583 int vcol;
|
|
|
5584 #endif
|
|
|
5585
|
|
|
5586 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5587 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5590 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5591 {
|
|
|
5592 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5593 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5594 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5595 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5596 }
|
|
|
5597 #endif
|
|
|
5598 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5599 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5600 {
|
|
|
5601 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5602 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5603 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5604 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5605 # endif
|
|
|
5606 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5607 }
|
|
|
5608 else
|
|
|
5609 #endif
|
|
|
5610 {
|
|
|
5611 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5612 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5613 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5614 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5615 #endif
|
|
|
5616 }
|
|
|
5617 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5620 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5621 {
|
|
|
5622 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5623 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5624 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5625 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5626 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5627 {
|
|
|
5628 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5629 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5630 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5631 #endif
|
|
|
5632 }
|
|
|
5633 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5634
|
|
|
5635 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5636 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5637 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5638 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5639 {
|
|
|
5640 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5641 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5642 }
|
|
|
5643 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5644 }
|
|
|
5645 #endif
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5648 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5649 }
|
|
|
5650 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5651 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5652 }
|
|
|
5653
|
|
|
5654 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5655 /*
|
|
|
5656 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5657 */
|
|
|
5658 static int
|
|
|
5659 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5662 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5663 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5664 # endif
|
|
|
5665 ));
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667 #endif
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5670 /*
|
|
|
5671 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5672 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5673 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5674 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5675 */
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 void
|
|
|
5678 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5679 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5682 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5683 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5684 }
|
|
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 void
|
|
|
5687 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5690 return;
|
|
|
5691 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5692 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5693 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5694 # endif
|
|
|
5695 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5696 else
|
|
|
5697 # endif
|
|
|
5698 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5699 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5700 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5701 # endif
|
|
|
5702 }
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 #endif
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5707 /*
|
|
|
5708 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5709 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5710 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5711 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5712 *
|
|
|
5713 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5714 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5715 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5716 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5717 *
|
|
|
5718 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5719 */
|
|
|
5720 int
|
|
|
5721 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5722 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5723 int when;
|
|
|
5724 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5725 {
|
|
|
5726 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5727 int try_match;
|
|
|
5728 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5729 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5730 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5731 int icase;
|
|
|
5732 int i;
|
|
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5735 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5736 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5737 else
|
|
|
5738 #endif
|
|
|
5739 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5740 while (*look)
|
|
|
5741 {
|
|
|
5742 /*
|
|
|
5743 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5744 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5745 */
|
|
|
5746 switch (when)
|
|
|
5747 {
|
|
|
5748 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5749 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5750 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5751 }
|
|
|
5752 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5753 ++look;
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 /*
|
|
|
5756 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5757 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5758 */
|
|
|
5759 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5760 {
|
|
|
5761 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5762 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5763 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5764 ++look;
|
|
|
5765 }
|
|
|
5766 else
|
|
|
5767 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 /*
|
|
|
5770 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5771 */
|
|
|
5772 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5773 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5774 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5775 #else
|
|
|
5776 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5777 #endif
|
|
|
5778 )
|
|
|
5779 {
|
|
|
5780 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5781 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5782 look += 2;
|
|
|
5783 }
|
|
|
5784 /*
|
|
|
5785 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5786 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5787 */
|
|
|
5788 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5791 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5792 ++look;
|
|
|
5793 }
|
|
|
5794 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5795 {
|
|
|
5796 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5797 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5798 ++look;
|
|
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 /*
|
|
|
5802 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5803 * cursor.
|
|
|
5804 */
|
|
|
5805 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5808 {
|
|
|
5809 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5810 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5811 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5812 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814 ++look;
|
|
|
5815 }
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 /*
|
|
|
5818 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5819 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5820 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5821 */
|
|
|
5822 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5823 {
|
|
|
5824 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5825 {
|
|
|
5826 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5827 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5828 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5829 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5830 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5831 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5832 {
|
|
|
5833 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5834 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5835 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5836 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5837 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5838 if (i)
|
|
|
5839 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5840 }
|
|
|
5841 }
|
|
|
5842 ++look;
|
|
|
5843 }
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 /*
|
|
|
5847 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5848 */
|
|
|
5849 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5850 {
|
|
|
5851 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5852 {
|
|
|
5853 /*
|
|
|
5854 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5855 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5856 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5857 */
|
|
|
5858 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5859 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5860 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5861
|
|
|
5862 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5863 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5864 }
|
|
|
5865 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5866 look++;
|
|
|
5867 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5868 look++;
|
|
|
5869 }
|
|
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 /*
|
|
|
5872 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5873 */
|
|
|
5874 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5875 {
|
|
|
5876 ++look;
|
|
|
5877 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5878 {
|
|
|
5879 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5880 ++look;
|
|
|
5881 }
|
|
|
5882 else
|
|
|
5883 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5884 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5885 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5886 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5887 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5888 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5893 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5894 {
|
|
|
5895 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5898 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5899 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5900 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5901 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5902 {
|
|
|
5903 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5906 {
|
|
|
5907 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5908 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5909 break;
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912 else
|
|
|
5913 # endif
|
|
|
5914 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5915 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5916 break;
|
|
|
5917 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5918 && (icase
|
|
|
5919 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5920 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5921 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5922 }
|
|
|
5923 else
|
|
|
5924 #endif
|
|
|
5925 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5926 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5927 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5928 {
|
|
|
5929 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5930 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5931 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5932 && (icase
|
|
|
5933 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5934 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5935 == 0)
|
|
|
5936 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5937 }
|
|
|
5938 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5939 {
|
|
|
5940 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5941 * word. */
|
|
|
5942 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5943 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5944 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5945 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5946 }
|
|
|
5947 if (match)
|
|
|
5948 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5949 }
|
|
|
5950 look = p;
|
|
|
5951 }
|
|
|
5952
|
|
|
5953 /*
|
|
|
5954 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
5955 */
|
|
|
5956 else
|
|
|
5957 {
|
|
|
5958 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
5959 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5960 ++look;
|
|
|
5961 }
|
|
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 /*
|
|
|
5964 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
5965 */
|
|
|
5966 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
5967 }
|
|
|
5968 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5969 }
|
|
|
5970 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
5971
|
|
|
5972 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5973 /*
|
|
|
5974 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
5975 */
|
|
|
5976 int
|
|
|
5977 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
5978 int c;
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
5981 {
|
|
|
5982 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
5983 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
5984 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
5985 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
5986 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
5987 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
5988 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
5989 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
5990 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
5991 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
5992 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
5993 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
5994 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
5997 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5998 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
5999 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6000 return 'X';
|
|
|
6001 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6002 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6003 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6004 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6005 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6006 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6007 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6008 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6009 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6010 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6011 #else
|
|
|
6012 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6013 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6014 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6015 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6016 */
|
|
|
6017 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6018 #endif
|
|
|
6019 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6020 else
|
|
|
6021 return c;
|
|
|
6022 }
|
|
|
6023 else
|
|
|
6024 {
|
|
|
6025 switch (c)
|
|
|
6026 {
|
|
|
6027 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6028 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6029 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6030 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6031 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6034 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6035 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6036 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6037 default: {
|
|
|
6038 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6041 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6042 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6043 #else
|
|
|
6044 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6045 #endif
|
|
|
6046 return c;
|
|
|
6047 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6048 break;
|
|
|
6049 }
|
|
|
6050 }
|
|
|
6051
|
|
|
6052 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6053 }
|
|
|
6054 }
|
|
|
6055 #endif
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 static void
|
|
|
6058 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6059 {
|
|
|
6060 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6061 int regname;
|
|
|
6062 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 /*
|
|
|
6065 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6066 */
|
|
|
6067 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6068 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6069 {
|
|
|
6070 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6071 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6074 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6075 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6076 #endif
|
|
|
6077 }
|
|
|
6078
|
|
|
6079 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6080 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6081 #endif
|
|
|
6082
|
|
|
6083 /*
|
|
|
6084 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6085 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6086 */
|
|
|
6087 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6088 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6089 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6090 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6091 #endif
|
|
|
6092 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6093 {
|
|
|
6094 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6095 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6096 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6097 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6098 #endif
|
|
|
6099 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6100 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6101 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6102 #endif
|
|
|
6103 }
|
|
|
6104 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6105
|
|
|
6106 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6107 /*
|
|
|
6108 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6109 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6110 */
|
|
|
6111 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6112 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6113 {
|
|
|
6114 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6115 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
|
6116 #endif
|
|
|
6117 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
|
6118 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6119 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6120 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6121 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6122 #endif
|
|
|
6123 }
|
|
|
6124 if (regname == NUL)
|
|
|
6125 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6126 else
|
|
|
6127 {
|
|
|
6128 #endif
|
|
|
6129 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6130 {
|
|
|
6131 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6132 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6133 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6134 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6137 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6138 }
|
|
|
6139 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6140 {
|
|
|
6141 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6142 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6143 }
|
|
|
6144 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6145 }
|
|
|
6146 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6147 #endif
|
|
|
6148 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6149 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6150 #endif
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6153 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6154 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6155 }
|
|
|
6156
|
|
|
6157 /*
|
|
|
6158 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6159 */
|
|
|
6160 static void
|
|
|
6161 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6162 {
|
|
|
6163 int c;
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6166 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6167 setcursor();
|
|
|
6168 #endif
|
|
|
6169
|
|
|
6170 /*
|
|
|
6171 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6172 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6173 */
|
|
|
6174 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6175 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6176 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6177 switch (c)
|
|
|
6178 {
|
|
|
6179 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6180 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6181 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6182 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6183 break;
|
|
|
6184
|
|
|
6185 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6186 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6187 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6188 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6189 break;
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6192 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6193 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6194 break;
|
|
|
6195
|
|
|
6196 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6197 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6198 }
|
|
|
6199 }
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 /*
|
|
|
6202 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6203 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6204 * insert.
|
|
|
6205 */
|
|
|
6206 static int
|
|
|
6207 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6208 long *count;
|
|
|
6209 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6210 {
|
|
|
6211 int temp;
|
|
|
6212 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6215 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6216 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6217 # endif
|
|
|
6218 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6219 {
|
|
|
6220 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6221 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6222 }
|
|
|
6223 #endif
|
|
|
6224 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6225 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6226 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6227 #endif
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6230 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6231 {
|
|
|
6232 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6233 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6234 }
|
|
|
6235 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6236 {
|
|
|
6237 /*
|
|
|
6238 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6239 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6240 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6241 */
|
|
|
6242 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6243 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6244
|
|
|
6245 /*
|
|
|
6246 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6247 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6248 */
|
|
|
6249 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6250 {
|
|
|
6251 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6252 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6253 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6254 }
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6257 {
|
|
|
6258 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6259 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6260 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6261 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6262 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6263 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6264 }
|
|
|
6265 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6266 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6267 }
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6270 * indent */
|
|
|
6271 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6272 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6275 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6276 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6277
|
|
|
6278 /*
|
|
|
6279 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6280 */
|
|
|
6281 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6282 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6283 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6284 #endif
|
|
|
6285 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6286 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6287 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6288 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6289 #endif
|
|
|
6290 ))
|
|
|
6291 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6292 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6293 #endif
|
|
|
6294 )
|
|
|
6295 {
|
|
|
6296 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6297 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6298 {
|
|
|
6299 oneleft();
|
|
|
6300 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6301 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6302 }
|
|
|
6303 else
|
|
|
6304 #endif
|
|
|
6305 {
|
|
|
6306 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6308 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6309 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6310 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6311 #endif
|
|
|
6312 }
|
|
|
6313 }
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6316 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6317 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6318 * well). */
|
|
|
6319 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6320 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6321 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6322 #endif
|
|
|
6323
|
|
|
6324 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6325 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6326 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6327
|
|
|
6328 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6329 setmouse();
|
|
|
6330 #endif
|
|
|
6331 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6332 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6333 #endif
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 /*
|
|
|
6336 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6337 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6338 */
|
|
|
6339 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6340 showmode();
|
|
|
6341 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6342 MSG("");
|
|
|
6343
|
|
|
6344 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6345 }
|
|
|
6346
|
|
|
6347 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6348 /*
|
|
|
6349 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6350 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6351 */
|
|
|
6352 static void
|
|
|
6353 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6354 {
|
|
|
6355 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6356 {
|
|
|
6357 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6358 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6359 }
|
|
|
6360 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6361 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6362 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6363 {
|
|
|
6364 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6365 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6366 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6367 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6368 }
|
|
|
6369 else
|
|
|
6370 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6371 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6372 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6373 {
|
|
|
6374 /*
|
|
|
6375 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6376 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6377 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6378 */
|
|
|
6379 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6380 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6381 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6382 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6383 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6384 }
|
|
|
6385 else
|
|
|
6386 #endif
|
|
|
6387 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6388 showmode();
|
|
|
6389 }
|
|
|
6390 #endif
|
|
|
6391
|
|
|
6392 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6393 /*
|
|
|
6394 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6395 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6396 */
|
|
|
6397 static int
|
|
|
6398 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6399 int c;
|
|
|
6400 {
|
|
|
6401 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6402 switch (c)
|
|
|
6403 {
|
|
|
6404 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6405 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
6406 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6407 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
6408 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6409 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6410 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6411 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6412 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6413 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6414 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6415 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6416 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6417 case K_END:
|
|
|
6418 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6419 # endif
|
|
|
6420 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6421 break;
|
|
|
6422 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6423 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6424 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6425 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6426 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6427 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6428 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6429 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6430 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6431 start_selection();
|
|
|
6432
|
|
|
6433 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6434 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6435 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6436 {
|
|
|
6437 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6438
|
|
|
6439 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6440 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6441 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6442 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6443 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6444 }
|
|
|
6445 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6446 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6447 }
|
|
|
6448 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6449 }
|
|
|
6450 #endif
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 /*
|
|
|
6453 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6454 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6455 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6456 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6457 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6458 */
|
|
|
6459 static void
|
|
|
6460 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6461 int c;
|
|
|
6462 int lastc;
|
|
|
6463 {
|
|
|
6464 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6465 return;
|
|
|
6466 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6467
|
|
|
6468 /*
|
|
|
6469 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6470 */
|
|
|
6471 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6472 {
|
|
|
6473 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6474 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6475 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6476 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6477 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6478 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6479 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6480 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6481 }
|
|
|
6482 else
|
|
|
6483 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6486 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6487 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6488 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6489 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6490 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6491 #endif
|
|
|
6492 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6493 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6494 #endif
|
|
|
6495 }
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 static void
|
|
|
6498 ins_del()
|
|
|
6499 {
|
|
|
6500 int temp;
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6503 return;
|
|
|
6504 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6505 {
|
|
|
6506 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6507 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6508 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6509 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6510 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6511 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6512 else
|
|
|
6513 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6514 }
|
|
|
6515 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6516 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6517 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6518 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6519 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6520 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6521 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6522 #endif
|
|
|
6523 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6524 }
|
|
|
6525
|
|
|
6526 /*
|
|
|
6527 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6528 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6529 */
|
|
|
6530 static int
|
|
|
6531 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6532 int c;
|
|
|
6533 int mode;
|
|
|
6534 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6535 {
|
|
|
6536 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6537 int cc;
|
|
|
6538 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6539 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6540 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6541 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6542 int oldState;
|
|
|
6543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6544 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6545 #endif
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 /*
|
|
|
6548 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6549 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6550 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6551 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6552 */
|
|
|
6553 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6554 || (
|
|
|
6555 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6556 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6557 #endif
|
|
|
6558 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6559 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6560 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6561 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6562 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6563 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6564 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6565 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6566 {
|
|
|
6567 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6568 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6569 }
|
|
|
6570
|
|
|
6571 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6572 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6573 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6574 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6575 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6576 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6577 #endif
|
|
|
6578 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6579 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6580 #endif
|
|
|
6581 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6582 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6583 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6584 #endif
|
|
|
6585
|
|
|
6586 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6587 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6588 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6589 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6590 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6591 */
|
|
|
6592 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6593 {
|
|
|
6594 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6595 {
|
|
|
6596 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6597 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6598 }
|
|
|
6599 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6600 {
|
|
|
6601 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6602 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6603 }
|
|
|
6604 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6605 }
|
|
|
6606 #endif
|
|
|
6607
|
|
|
6608 /*
|
|
|
6609 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6610 */
|
|
|
6611 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6612 {
|
|
|
6613 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6614 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6615 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6616 || revins_on
|
|
|
6617 #endif
|
|
|
6618 )
|
|
|
6619 {
|
|
|
6620 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6621 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6622 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6623 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6624 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6625 }
|
|
|
6626 /*
|
|
|
6627 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6628 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6629 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6630 */
|
|
|
6631 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6632 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6633 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6634 /*
|
|
|
6635 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6636 * cursor.
|
|
|
6637 */
|
|
|
6638 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6639 {
|
|
|
6640 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6641 }
|
|
|
6642 else
|
|
|
6643 {
|
|
|
6644 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6645 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6646 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6647 #endif
|
|
|
6648 {
|
|
|
6649 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6650 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6651 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6652 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6653 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6656 else
|
|
|
6657 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6658 #endif
|
|
|
6659
|
|
|
6660 /*
|
|
|
6661 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6662 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6663 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6664 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6665 */
|
|
|
6666 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6667 {
|
|
|
6668 /*
|
|
|
6669 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6670 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6671 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6672 */
|
|
|
6673 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6674 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6675 /*
|
|
|
6676 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6677 */
|
|
|
6678 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6679 {
|
|
|
6680 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6681 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6682 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6683 #else
|
|
|
6684 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6685 #endif
|
|
|
6686 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6687 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6688 }
|
|
|
6689 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6690 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6691 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6692 }
|
|
|
6693 }
|
|
|
6694 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6695 }
|
|
|
6696 else
|
|
|
6697 {
|
|
|
6698 /*
|
|
|
6699 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6700 */
|
|
|
6701 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6702 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6703 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6704 #endif
|
|
|
6705 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6706 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6707 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6708 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6709 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6710 #endif
|
|
|
6711 )
|
|
|
6712 {
|
|
|
6713 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6714 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6715 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6716 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6717 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6718 }
|
|
|
6719
|
|
|
6720 /*
|
|
|
6721 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6722 */
|
|
|
6723 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6724 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6725 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6726 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6727 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6728 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6729 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6730 {
|
|
|
6731 int ts;
|
|
|
6732 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6733 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6734 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6735
|
|
|
6736 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6737 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6738 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6739 else
|
|
|
6740 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6741 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6742 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6743 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6744 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6745 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6746 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6747 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6748 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6749
|
|
|
6750 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6751 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6752 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6753 {
|
|
|
6754 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6755 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6756 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6757 {
|
|
|
6758 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6759 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6760 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6761 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6762 {
|
|
|
6763 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6764 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6765 {
|
|
|
6766 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6767 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6768 }
|
|
|
6769 else
|
|
|
6770 #endif
|
|
|
6771 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6772 }
|
|
|
6773 }
|
|
|
6774 else
|
|
|
6775 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6776 }
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6779 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6780 {
|
|
|
6781 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6782 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6783 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6784 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6787 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6788 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6789 else
|
|
|
6790 #endif
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6793 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6794 {
|
|
|
6795 if (extra)
|
|
|
6796 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6797 else
|
|
|
6798 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6799 }
|
|
|
6800 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6801 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6802 }
|
|
|
6803 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6804 }
|
|
|
6805 }
|
|
|
6806
|
|
|
6807 /*
|
|
|
6808 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6809 */
|
|
|
6810 else do
|
|
|
6811 {
|
|
|
6812 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6813 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6814 #endif
|
|
|
6815 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6816
|
|
|
6817 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6818 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6819 {
|
|
|
6820 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6821 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6822 }
|
|
|
6823 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6824 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6825 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6826 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6827 {
|
|
|
6828 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6829 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6830 #endif
|
|
|
6831 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6832 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6833 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6834 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6835 #endif
|
|
|
6836 break;
|
|
|
6837 }
|
|
|
6838 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6839 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6840 else
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6843 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
6844 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
6845 #endif
|
|
|
6846 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6847 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6848 /*
|
|
|
6849 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
6850 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
6851 * character.
|
|
|
6852 */
|
|
|
6853 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
6854 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6855 #endif
|
|
|
6856 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6857 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6858 {
|
|
|
6859 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6860 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6861 }
|
|
|
6862 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6863 break;
|
|
|
6864 #endif
|
|
|
6865 }
|
|
|
6866 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
6867 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6868 break;
|
|
|
6869 } while (
|
|
|
6870 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6871 revins_on ||
|
|
|
6872 #endif
|
|
|
6873 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
6874 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6875 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
6876 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
6877 }
|
|
|
6878 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6879 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6880 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6881 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6882 #endif
|
|
|
6883 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
6884 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6885 /*
|
|
|
6886 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
6887 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
6888 * with.
|
|
|
6889 */
|
|
|
6890 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6891
|
|
|
6892 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
6893 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6894 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6895 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
6898 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
6899 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
6900 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
6901 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
6902 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
6903 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
6904 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
6905 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
6908 }
|
|
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6911 static void
|
|
|
6912 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
6913 int c;
|
|
|
6914 {
|
|
|
6915 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6916
|
|
|
6917 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6918 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
6919 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6920 # endif
|
|
|
6921 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
6922 return;
|
|
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6925 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6926 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
6927 {
|
|
|
6928 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6929 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6930 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6931 # endif
|
|
|
6932 }
|
|
|
6933
|
|
|
6934 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
6935 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
6936 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
6937 #endif
|
|
|
6938 }
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 static void
|
|
|
6941 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
6942 int up;
|
|
|
6943 {
|
|
|
6944 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6945 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6946 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
6947 # endif
|
|
|
6948
|
|
|
6949 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6950
|
|
|
6951 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6952 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
6953
|
|
|
6954 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
6955 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
6956 {
|
|
|
6957 int row, col;
|
|
|
6958
|
|
|
6959 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
6960 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
6963 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
6964 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
6965 }
|
|
|
6966 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
6967 # endif
|
|
|
6968 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6969
|
|
|
6970 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
6971 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
6972 else
|
|
|
6973 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
6974
|
|
|
6975 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6976 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
6977
|
|
|
6978 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
6979 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
6980 # endif
|
|
|
6981
|
|
|
6982 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
6983 {
|
|
|
6984 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6985 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6986 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6987 # endif
|
|
|
6988 }
|
|
|
6989 }
|
|
|
6990 #endif
|
|
|
6991
|
|
|
6992 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6993 void
|
|
|
6994 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
6995 {
|
|
|
6996 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6997
|
|
|
6998 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6999 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7000 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7001 {
|
|
|
7002 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7003 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7004 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7005 # endif
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007 }
|
|
|
7008
|
|
|
7009 void
|
|
|
7010 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7013
|
|
|
7014 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7015 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7016 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7017 {
|
|
|
7018 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7019 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7020 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7021 # endif
|
|
|
7022 }
|
|
|
7023 }
|
|
|
7024 #endif
|
|
|
7025
|
|
|
7026 static void
|
|
|
7027 ins_left()
|
|
|
7028 {
|
|
|
7029 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7030
|
|
|
7031 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7032 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7033 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7034 #endif
|
|
|
7035 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7036 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7037 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7038 {
|
|
|
7039 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7040 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7041 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7042 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7043 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7044 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7045 #endif
|
|
|
7046 }
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 /*
|
|
|
7049 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7050 * previous line
|
|
|
7051 */
|
|
|
7052 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7053 {
|
|
|
7054 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7055 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7056 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7057 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7058 }
|
|
|
7059 else
|
|
|
7060 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7061 }
|
|
|
7062
|
|
|
7063 static void
|
|
|
7064 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7065 int c;
|
|
|
7066 {
|
|
|
7067 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7068
|
|
|
7069 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7070 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7071 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7072 #endif
|
|
|
7073 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7074 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7075 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7076 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7077 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7078 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7079 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7080 #endif
|
|
|
7081 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7082 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7083 }
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 static void
|
|
|
7086 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7087 int c;
|
|
|
7088 {
|
|
|
7089 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7092 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7093 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7094 #endif
|
|
|
7095 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7096 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7097 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7098 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7099 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7100 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7101
|
|
|
7102 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7103 }
|
|
|
7104
|
|
|
7105 static void
|
|
|
7106 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7107 {
|
|
|
7108 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7109 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7110 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7111 #endif
|
|
|
7112 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7113 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7114 {
|
|
|
7115 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7116 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7117 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7118 }
|
|
|
7119 else
|
|
|
7120 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7121 }
|
|
|
7122
|
|
|
7123 static void
|
|
|
7124 ins_right()
|
|
|
7125 {
|
|
|
7126 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7127 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7128 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7129 #endif
|
|
|
7130 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7131 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7132 )
|
|
|
7133 {
|
|
|
7134 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7135 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7136 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7137 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7138 oneright();
|
|
|
7139 else
|
|
|
7140 #endif
|
|
|
7141 {
|
|
|
7142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7143 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7144 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7145 else
|
|
|
7146 #endif
|
|
|
7147 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7148 }
|
|
|
7149
|
|
|
7150 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7151 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7152 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7153 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7154 #endif
|
|
|
7155 }
|
|
|
7156 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7157 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7158 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7159 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7160 {
|
|
|
7161 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7162 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7163 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7164 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7165 }
|
|
|
7166 else
|
|
|
7167 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7168 }
|
|
|
7169
|
|
|
7170 static void
|
|
|
7171 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7172 {
|
|
|
7173 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7174 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7175 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7176 #endif
|
|
|
7177 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7178 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7179 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7180 {
|
|
|
7181 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7182 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7183 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7184 }
|
|
|
7185 else
|
|
|
7186 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7187 }
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 static void
|
|
|
7190 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7191 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7192 {
|
|
|
7193 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7194 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7195 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7196 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7197 #endif
|
|
|
7198
|
|
|
7199 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7200 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7201 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7202 {
|
|
|
7203 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7204 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7205 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7206 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7207 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7208 #endif
|
|
|
7209 )
|
|
|
7210 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7211 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7212 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7213 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7214 #endif
|
|
|
7215 }
|
|
|
7216 else
|
|
|
7217 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7218 }
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 static void
|
|
|
7221 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7222 {
|
|
|
7223 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7226 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7227 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7228 {
|
|
|
7229 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7230 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7231 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7232 #endif
|
|
|
7233 }
|
|
|
7234 else
|
|
|
7235 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7236 }
|
|
|
7237
|
|
|
7238 static void
|
|
|
7239 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7240 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7241 {
|
|
|
7242 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7243 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7244 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7245 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7246 #endif
|
|
|
7247
|
|
|
7248 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7249 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7250 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7251 {
|
|
|
7252 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7253 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7254 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7255 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7256 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7257 #endif
|
|
|
7258 )
|
|
|
7259 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7260 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7261 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7262 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7263 #endif
|
|
|
7264 }
|
|
|
7265 else
|
|
|
7266 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7267 }
|
|
|
7268
|
|
|
7269 static void
|
|
|
7270 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7271 {
|
|
|
7272 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7273
|
|
|
7274 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7275 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7276 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7277 {
|
|
|
7278 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7279 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7280 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7281 #endif
|
|
|
7282 }
|
|
|
7283 else
|
|
|
7284 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7285 }
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7288 static void
|
|
|
7289 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7290 {
|
|
|
7291 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7292 }
|
|
|
7293 #endif
|
|
|
7294
|
|
|
7295 /*
|
|
|
7296 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7297 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7298 */
|
|
|
7299 static int
|
|
|
7300 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7301 {
|
|
|
7302 int ind;
|
|
|
7303 int i;
|
|
|
7304 int temp;
|
|
|
7305
|
|
|
7306 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7307 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7308 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7309 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7310
|
|
|
7311 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7312 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7313 if (ind)
|
|
|
7314 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7315 #endif
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 /*
|
|
|
7318 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7319 */
|
|
|
7320 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7321 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7322 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7323 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7324
|
|
|
7325 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7326 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7329 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7330 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7331 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7332 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7333 #endif
|
|
|
7334 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7335
|
|
|
7336 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7337 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7338 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7339 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7340 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7341 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7342 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 /*
|
|
|
7345 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7346 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7347 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7348 */
|
|
|
7349 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7350 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7351 {
|
|
|
7352 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7353 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7354 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7355 else
|
|
|
7356 #endif
|
|
|
7357 {
|
|
|
7358 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7359 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7360 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7361 }
|
|
|
7362 }
|
|
|
7363
|
|
|
7364 /*
|
|
|
7365 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7366 */
|
|
|
7367 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7368 {
|
|
|
7369 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7370 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7371 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7372 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7373 #endif
|
|
|
7374 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7375 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7376 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7377 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7378 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7379
|
|
|
7380 /*
|
|
|
7381 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7382 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7383 */
|
|
|
7384 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7385 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7386 {
|
|
|
7387 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7388 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7389 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7390 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7391 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7392 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7393 }
|
|
|
7394 else
|
|
|
7395 #endif
|
|
|
7396 {
|
|
|
7397 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7398 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7399 }
|
|
|
7400
|
|
|
7401 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7402 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7403 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7404
|
|
|
7405 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7406 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7407 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7408 {
|
|
|
7409 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7410 --ptr;
|
|
|
7411 }
|
|
|
7412
|
|
|
7413 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7414 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7415 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7416 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7417 {
|
|
|
7418 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7419 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7420 }
|
|
|
7421
|
|
|
7422 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7423 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7424 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7425
|
|
|
7426 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7427 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7428 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7429 {
|
|
|
7430 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7431 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7432 break;
|
|
|
7433 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7434 {
|
|
|
7435 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7436 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7437 {
|
|
|
7438 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7439 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7440 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7441 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7442 }
|
|
|
7443 }
|
|
|
7444 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7445 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7446 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7447 }
|
|
|
7448
|
|
|
7449 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7450 {
|
|
|
7451 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7454 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7455 {
|
|
|
7456 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7457 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7458 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7459 }
|
|
|
7460 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7461 {
|
|
|
7462 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7463 --ptr;
|
|
|
7464 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7465 }
|
|
|
7466 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7467
|
|
|
7468 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7469 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7470 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7471 {
|
|
|
7472 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7473 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7474 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7475 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7476 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7477 #endif
|
|
|
7478 )
|
|
|
7479 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7480 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7481 }
|
|
33
|
7482 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7483 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7484 {
|
|
|
7485 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7486 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7487 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7488 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7489 }
|
|
|
7490 #endif
|
|
7
|
7491 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7492
|
|
|
7493 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7494 /*
|
|
|
7495 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7496 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7497 * spacing.
|
|
|
7498 */
|
|
|
7499 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7500 {
|
|
|
7501 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7502 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7505 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7506 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7507 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7508 }
|
|
|
7509 #endif
|
|
|
7510 }
|
|
|
7511
|
|
|
7512 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7514 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7515 #endif
|
|
|
7516 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7517 }
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7520 }
|
|
|
7521
|
|
|
7522 /*
|
|
|
7523 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7524 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7525 */
|
|
|
7526 static int
|
|
|
7527 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7528 int c;
|
|
|
7529 {
|
|
|
7530 int i;
|
|
|
7531
|
|
|
7532 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7533 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7534 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7535 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7536 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 /*
|
|
|
7539 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7540 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7541 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7542 */
|
|
|
7543 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7544 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7545 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7546 #endif
|
|
|
7547 )
|
|
|
7548 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7549
|
|
|
7550 /*
|
|
|
7551 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7552 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7553 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7554 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7555 */
|
|
|
7556
|
|
|
7557 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7558 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7559 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7560 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7561 # endif
|
|
|
7562 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7563 * current line. */
|
|
|
7564 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7565 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7566 #endif
|
|
|
7567
|
|
|
7568 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7569 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7570 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7571 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7572 #endif
|
|
|
7573 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7574 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7575 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7576 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7577 #endif
|
|
|
7578
|
|
|
7579 return (!i);
|
|
|
7580 }
|
|
|
7581
|
|
|
7582 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7583 /*
|
|
|
7584 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7585 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7586 * done.
|
|
|
7587 */
|
|
|
7588 static int
|
|
|
7589 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7590 {
|
|
|
7591 int c;
|
|
|
7592 int cc;
|
|
|
7593
|
|
|
7594 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7595 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7596 {
|
|
|
7597 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7598 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7599
|
|
|
7600 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7601 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7602 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7603 #endif
|
|
|
7604 }
|
|
|
7605
|
|
|
7606 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7607 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7608 #endif
|
|
|
7609
|
|
|
7610 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7611 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7612 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7613 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7614 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7615 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7616 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7617 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7618 {
|
|
|
7619 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7620 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7621 #endif
|
|
|
7622 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7623 return NUL;
|
|
|
7624 }
|
|
|
7625 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7626 {
|
|
|
7627 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7628 {
|
|
|
7629 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7630 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7631
|
|
|
7632 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7633 {
|
|
|
7634 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7635 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7636 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7637 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7638 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7639 }
|
|
|
7640 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7641 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7642 #endif
|
|
|
7643 }
|
|
|
7644 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7645 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7646 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7647 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7648 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7649 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7650 {
|
|
|
7651 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7652 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7653 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7654 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7655 #endif
|
|
|
7656 return c;
|
|
|
7657 }
|
|
|
7658 }
|
|
|
7659 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7660 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7661 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7662 #endif
|
|
|
7663 return NUL;
|
|
|
7664 }
|
|
|
7665 #endif
|
|
|
7666
|
|
|
7667 /*
|
|
|
7668 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7669 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7670 */
|
|
|
7671 static int
|
|
|
7672 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7673 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7674 {
|
|
|
7675 int c;
|
|
|
7676 int temp;
|
|
|
7677 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7678
|
|
|
7679 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7680 {
|
|
|
7681 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7682 return NUL;
|
|
|
7683 }
|
|
|
7684
|
|
|
7685 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7686 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7687 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7688 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7689 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7690 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7691 {
|
|
|
7692 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7693 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7694 }
|
|
|
7695 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7696 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7699 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7700 #else
|
|
|
7701 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7702 #endif
|
|
|
7703 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7704 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7705 return c;
|
|
|
7706 }
|
|
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7709 /*
|
|
|
7710 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7711 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7712 */
|
|
|
7713 static void
|
|
|
7714 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7715 int c;
|
|
|
7716 {
|
|
|
7717 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7718 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7719 int i;
|
|
|
7720 int temp;
|
|
|
7721
|
|
|
7722 /*
|
|
|
7723 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7724 */
|
|
|
7725 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7726 {
|
|
|
7727 /*
|
|
|
7728 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7729 */
|
|
|
7730 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7731 {
|
|
|
7732 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7733 /*
|
|
|
7734 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7735 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7736 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7737 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7738 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7739 */
|
|
|
7740 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7741 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7742 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7743 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7744 ;
|
|
|
7745 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7746 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7747 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7748 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7749 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7750 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7751 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7752 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7753 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7754 else
|
|
|
7755 #endif
|
|
|
7756 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7757 }
|
|
|
7758 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7759 {
|
|
|
7760 /*
|
|
|
7761 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7762 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7763 */
|
|
|
7764 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7765 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7766 {
|
|
|
7767 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7768 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7769 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7770 {
|
|
|
7771 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7774 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7775 break;
|
|
|
7776 }
|
|
|
7777 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7778 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7779 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7780 }
|
|
|
7781 if (temp)
|
|
|
7782 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7783 }
|
|
|
7784 }
|
|
|
7785
|
|
|
7786 /*
|
|
|
7787 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7788 */
|
|
|
7789 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
7790 {
|
|
|
7791 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
7792 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7793 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7794 }
|
|
|
7795
|
|
|
7796 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
7797 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7798 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7799 }
|
|
|
7800 #endif
|
|
|
7801
|
|
|
7802 /*
|
|
|
7803 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
7804 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
7805 */
|
|
|
7806 static colnr_T
|
|
|
7807 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
7808 {
|
|
|
7809 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7810 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7811 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7812 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7813 }
|
